Geometry & Vector Analysis
Geometry & Vector Analysis
TEXT BOOK on
By
Kumaun
Dedicated
to
Lord
Krishna
Authors & Publishers
P reface
This book on Geometry and Vector Analysis has been specially written according
to the latest Syllabus to meet the requirements of B.A. and [Link]. Semester-I Students
of all colleges affiliated to Kumaun University.
The subject matter has been discussed in such a simple way that the students will find
no difficulty to understand it. The proofs of various theorems and examples have been
given with minute details. Each chapter of this book contains complete theory and a fairly
large number of solved examples. Sufficient problems have also been selected from
various university examination papers. At the end of each chapter an exercise containing
objective questions has been given.
We have tried our best to keep the book free from misprints. The authors shall be
grateful to the readers who point out errors and omissions which, inspite of all care, might
have been there.
The authors, in general, hope that the present book will be warmly received by the
students and teachers. We shall indeed be very thankful to our colleagues for their
recommending this book to their students.
The authors wish to express their thanks to Mr. S.K. Rastogi, M.D., Mr. Sugam
Rastogi, Executive Director, Mrs. Kanupriya Rastogi, Director and entire team of
KRISHNA Prakashan Media (P) Ltd., Meerut for bringing out this book in the present
nice form.
The authors will feel amply rewarded if the book serves the purpose for which it is
meant. Suggestions for the improvement of the book are always welcome.
— Authors
Syllabus
Geometry and Vector
Analysis
B.A./[Link]. I Semester w.e.f. 2016-17
Kumaun University, Nainital
First Semester – Third Paper
B.A./[Link]. Paper-I M.M.-50
Polar Equation of conics: Polar coordinate system, Distance between two points, Polar
equation of a Straight line, Polar equation of a circle, Polar equation of a conic, Chords,
Tangent and Normal to a conic, Chord of contact, Polar of a point.
Vector Algebra and its Applications to geometry (Plane and Straight Line):
Triple product, Reciprocal vectors, Product of four vectors. General equation of a Plane,
Normal and Intercept forms, Two sides of a plane, Length of perpendicular from a point to
a plane, Angle between two planes, System of planes.
Direction Cosines and Direction ratios of a line, Projection on a straight line, Equation of a
line, Symmetrical and unsymmetrical forms, Angle between a line and a plane, Coplanar
lines, Lines of shortest distance, Length of perpendicular from a point to a line, Intersection
of three planes, Transformation of coordinates.
Geometry............................................................G-01—G-168
1. Polar Equation of a Conic.........................................................................................G-03—G-40
2. Systems of Co-ordinates...........................................................................................G-41—G-54
3. Direction Cosines and Projections.........................................................................G-55—G-78
4. The Plane......................................................................................................................G-79—G-110
5. The Straight Line........................................................................................................G-111—G-168
Vector Analysis.....................................................V-01—V-160
1. Multiple Products.......................................................................................................V-03—V-28
2. Differentiation of Vectors........................................................................................V-29—V-52
3. Gradient, Divergence and Curl................................................................................V-53—V-96
4. Integration of Vectors..............................................................................................V-97—V-104
5. Line Integrals............................................................................................................V-105—V-120
6. Green's, Gauss's and Stoke's Theorems.............................................................V-121—V-160
Krishna's
GEOMETRY
C hapters
1. Systems of Co-ordinates
2.
1. The Plane
4.
1
P olar E quation of a C onic
1 Conic Section
efinition: A conic section, or conic is the locus of a point which moves so that its
D distance from a fixed point is in a constant ratio to its perpendicular distance from a
fixed straight line. The fixed point is called the focus, the fixed straight line is
called the directrix and the constant ratio is called the eccentricity of the conic.
2 Polar Coordinates
(Agra 2006)
In this chapter we shall discuss
another system of coordinates,
known as polar system. In polar
system, the position of a point in a
plane is determined by its distance ‘r’
from a fixed point O, called the pole
or origin, and the angle ‘θ’ that the
line joining the pole to the point
G-4
makes with a fixed line OX through the pole, called the initial line. The angle θ is
called the vectorial angle and is taken to be positive if measured in anti-clockwise
direction, otherwise negative. The distance r is called the radius vector and is
taken to be positive if measured along the line bounding the vectorial angle, and
negative if measured in the opposite direction.
In the figure, O is the pole and OX the initial line.
Let OP = r and ∠ XOP = θ. Then the polar coordinates of P are (r, θ). If OQ = OP,
then Q is the point (− r, θ).
Also the points (r, θ), (r, θ ± 2 π), (− r, θ + π) etc. are all coincident. Thus in the polar
system the coordinates of a point are not unique but can be expressed in an infinite
number of ways.
2 2
or 2r1 r2 cos (θ2 − θ1 ) = r1 + r2 − PQ2
2 2
or PQ2 = r1 + r2 − 2r1 r2 cos (θ2 − θ1 )
2 2
or PQ = √ {r1 + r2 − 2r1 r2 cos (θ2 − θ1 }.
Remark 1: The polar equation of a straight line passing through the pole and
inclined at an angle α to the initial line is
θ = α.
The equation of straight line passing through origin and making an angle α with the
x-axis is
y = x tan α .
Changing to polar co-ordinates, we have
r sin θ = (r cos θ) tan α
or tan θ = tan α
or θ = α.
has been taken as the direction directed from the focus towards the directrix.
However, as shown in the adjoining figure, if we take the positive direction of the
initial line opposite to the direction directed from the focus towards the directrix,
the equation of the conic will come out to be
l
= 1 − e cos θ. …(3)
r
We clearly see that if we rotate the initial line
through an angle π in the equation (2) i. e., if
we replace θ by π + θ in the equation (2), we
get the equation (3). Hence any result for the
conic (3) can be obtained from the
corresponding result for the conic (2) by
increasing each vectorial angle by π, i. e., by
writing θ + π for θ, α + π for α, β + π for β etc.,
where α, β etc. are vectorial angles.
Corollary 1: If the conic is a parabola, then e = 1.
The equation (2) becomes
1
l / r = 1 + cos θ = 2 cos 2 θ
2
1
or r = (l / 2) sec2 θ …(4)
2
and the equation (3) becomes
1
r = (l / 2) cosec2 θ. …(5)
2
Corollary 2: From the equation (2), we have
r = l / (1 + e cos θ).
Therefore the coordinates of a point P (r, θ) on the conic (2) may be written as
l
, θ ⋅ This is called the point ‘θ’.
1 + e cos θ
SZ
We have = cos θ
SP
G-10
or SZ = r cos θ. …(1)
Also, SL = e . LE
= e . SZ
= er cos θ. [Using (1)]
∴ l = er cos θ
l
or = e cos θ,
r
which is the required equation of the directrix.
l / r = 1 + e cos θ, …(1)
and l / r = − 1 + e cos θ. …(2)
First we shall show that every point on the curve (1) also lies on the curve (2). Let
P (r1 , θ1 ) be any point on the curve (1) so that
l / r1 = 1 + e cos θ1 . …(3)
Now the coordinates of the point P can also be expressed as (− r1 , θ1 + π) instead of
(r1 , θ1 ). These coordinates will satisfy the equation (2) if
l / (− r1 ) = − 1 + e cos (θ1 + π)
i. e., if − l / r1 = − 1 − e cos θ1 i. e., if l / r1 = 1 + e cos θ1 which is true by virtue of (3).
Thus every point P on the curve (1) also lies on the curve (2). Similarly we can show
that every point on the curve (2) is also a point on the curve (1). Hence the
equations (1) and (2) represent the same conic.
1 1 1 1
or SP + SP ′ = l ⋅ …(4)
2
∴ 1/ l is the arithmetic mean of 1 / SP and 1 / SP ′ and so l is the harmonic mean of
SP and SP ′ .
(ii) The equation (4) implies that the sum of the reciprocals of the segments of any
focal chord is 2 / l which is a constant.
(iii) Now suppose QQ ′ is a focal chord at right angles to PP ′ i. e., PP ′ and QQ ′ are
two perpendicular focal chords. Hence if the vectorial angle of P is α, then the
1
vectorial angle of Q is π + α. Also the vectorial angle of P ′ is π + α.
2
From (2) and (3), we have
l l 2l
PP ′ = SP + SP ′ = + =
1 + e cos α 1 − e cos α 1 − e cos 2 α
2
1 1 − e2 cos 2 α
or = ⋅ …(5)
PP ′ 2l
Now if the vectorial angle of the extremity P of the focal chord PSP ′ is α, then the
1
vectorial angle of the extremity Q of the focal chord QSQ ′ is π + α. So replacing
2
1
PP ′ by QQ ′ and α by π + α in the relation (5), we have
2
1
1 − e2 cos 2 π + α
1 2 1 − e2 sin2 α
= = …(6)
QQ ′ 2l 2l
Adding (5) and (6), we have
1 1 2 − e2
+ = which is a constant.
PP ′ QQ ′ 2l
Example 3: If PSQ and PS ′ R be two chords of an ellipse through the foci S and S′, show
PS PS ′
that + is independent of the position of P.
SQ S ′ R
(Bundelkhand 2005, 12; Purvanchal 08)
Solution: Let the polar equation of the ellipse
be
l / r = 1 + e cos θ. …(1)
l l
+ =2
SP SQ
1 1 2
or + = . …(4)
SP SQ l
Multiplying both sides of (4) by SP, we have
SP 2
= SP − 1. …(5)
SQ l
Similarly for the focal chord PS ′ R, we have
S ′P 2
= S ′ P − 1. …(6)
S ′R l
Adding (5) and (6), we get
SP S ′ P 2
+ = (SP + S ′ P) − 2.
SQ S ′ R l
But in the ellipse,
SP + S ′ P = the sum of the focal distances of the point P
= the length of the major axis = 2 a, say.
SP S ′ P 2 . 2a
∴ + = −2,
SQ S ′ R l
which is a constant and so is independent of the position of P.
Example 4: A point P moves, so that the sum of its distances from two fixed points S, S′ is
a (1 − e2 )
constant and equal to 2a. Show that P lies on the conic = 1 − e cos θ referred to S as
r
pole and SS′ as initial line, SS′ being equal to 2ae.
Solution: Taking S as the pole and SS′ as the initial
line, let the polar coordinates of P be (r, θ).
∴ PS = r, and PS ′ = 2a − r
because PS + PS ′ = 2a (given).
Also SS ′ = 2ae (given).
Now from ∆ PSS′ , we have
2
r + (2ae)2 − (2a − r)2
cos θ = [By cosine formula]
2 . r . (2ae)
r + a (e2 − 1)
= ⋅
er
a (e2 − 1)
∴ e cos θ = 1 +
r
a (e2 − 1)
or = 1 − e cos θ,
r
which is the required locus of P and is a conic.
G-14
Comprehensive Exercise 1
Corollary: If the points P and Q are such that their vectorial angles are α − β and
α + β, so that the sum of the angles is 2α and their difference is 2β, then the equation
(5) of the chord PQ becomes
l / r = e cos θ + sec β cos(θ − α). …(6)
G-16
15 Asymptotes
To find the equation of the asymptotes of the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ.
(kumaun 2013, 15)
The equation of the conic is
l / r = 1 + e cos θ. …(1)
Suppose (r ′ , α) is a point on (1), so that
l / r ′ = 1 + e cos α. …(2)
G-17
Example 5: A chord of a conic subtends a constant angle at a focus of the conic. Show that
the chord touches another conic.
Solution: Referred to the focus S as the pole, let the equation of the conic be
l / r = 1 + e cos θ. …(1)
Suppose a chord PQ of the conic (1) subtends a constant angle 2β at the focus S. Let
α − β and α + β be the vectorial angles of the extremities of the chord PQ. Then the
equation of the chord PQ is
l / r = e cos θ + sec β cos (θ − α)
or (l cos β) / r = e cos β cos θ + cos (θ − α). …(2)
Obviously the straight line (2) is the tangent to the conic
(l cos β) / r = 1 + (e cos β) cos θ at the point whose vectorial angle is α.
Hence the proposition.
Example 6: Find the condition that the line l / r = A cos θ + B sin θ may be a tangent to
the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ. (Meerut 2004B, 06B, 07, 11, 12B; Kanpur 07, 09;
Kumaun 08, 13, 15; Bundelkhand 04; Avadh 07, 09, 13;
Purvanchal 08, 13; Rohilkhand 13)
Solution: Suppose the line
l / r = A cos θ + B sin θ …(1)
is a tangent to the conic
l / r = 1 + e cos θ …(2)
G-18
at the point whose vectorial angle is α. The equation of the tangent to (2) at the
point ‘α’ is
l / r = cos (θ − α) + e cos θ
or l / r = (e + cos α) cos θ + sin θ sin α. …(3)
The equations (1) and (3) should represent the same line. So comparing the
coefficients of 1 / r, cos θ and sin θ, we have
e + cos α sin α
1= =
A B
or cos α = A − e and sin α = B.
Squaring and adding, we have
( A − e)2 + B2 = 1.
This is the required condition.
Example 7: A conic is described having the same focus and eccentricity as the conic
l / r = 1 + e cos θ, and the two conics touch at the point θ = α; prove that the length of its latus
rectum is 2l (1 − e2 ) / (e2 + 2e cos α + 1). (Avadh 2007)
Solution: The equation of the given conic is
l / r = 1 + e cos θ …(1)
the focus being at the pole.
Let the equation of the conic having the same focus and eccentricity as the given
conic be
l1 / r = 1 + e cos (θ − γ ), …(2)
where γ is the angle of inclination of its axis to the initial line and l1 is its semi-latus
rectum. Since the conics (1) and (2) touch at the point θ = α, the tangents to them
at the point α are the same lines.
The equation of the tangent to (1) at the point α is
l / r = cos (θ − α) + e cos θ
or l / r = (cos α + e) cos θ + sin α sin θ. …(3)
The equation of the tangent to (2) at the point α is
l1 / r = cos (θ − α) + e cos (θ − γ )
or l1 / r = (cos α + e cos γ ) cos θ + (sin α + e sin γ ) sin θ. …(4)
Now the equations (3) and (4) are identical because they represent the same line.
So comparing (3) and (4), we have
l cos α + e sin α
= = ⋅
l1 cos α + e cos γ sin α + e sin γ
∴ el cos γ = (l1 − l ) cos α + el1 , …(5)
and el sin γ = (l1 − l ) sin α. …(6)
To eliminate γ, squaring (5) and (6), and adding, we get
G-19
2
e2 l 2 = (l1 − l)2 + e2 l1 + 2el1 (l1 − l) cos α
2
or − e2 (l1 − l 2 ) = (l1 − l)2 + 2el1 (l1 − l) cos α.
Since l1 ≠ l, therefore, dividing both sides by l1 − l, we have
− e2 (l1 + l ) = (l1 − l ) + 2el1 cos α
or l1 (1 + 2e cos α + e2 ) = l (1 − e2 ).
∴ the length of the latus rectum of the conic (2)
2 l (1 − e2 )
= 2l1 = ⋅
(1 + 2 e cos α + e2 )
Example 8: Two equal ellipses of eccentricity e, are placed with their axes at right angles
and they have one focus S in common. If PQ be a common tangent, show that the angle PSQ is
equal to 2 sin −1 (e / √ 2).
Solution: Take the common focus S as the pole and the axis of one ellipse as the
1
initial line so that the axis of the other ellipse makes an angle π with the initial
2
line. Let the equations to the two equal ellipses be
l / r = 1 + e cos θ …(1)
and l / r = 1 + e cos (θ − π / 2) or l / r = 1 + e sin θ. …(2)
It is given that PQ is a common tangent to the two ellipses. Let the vectorial angles
of P, a point on (1), and Q, a point on (2), be α and β respectively. Therefore the
tangent to (1) at the point α, i. e., l / r = cos (θ − α) + e cos θ
or l / r = (cos α + e) cos θ + sin α sin θ …(3)
and the tangent to (2) at the point β i. e., l / r = cos (θ − β) + e sin θ
or l / r = cos β cos θ + (sin β + e) sin θ …(4)
should be identical. Hence comparing (3) and (4), we have
cos α + e sin α
1= = ⋅
cos β sin β + e
∴ cos α + e = cos β i. e., cos β − cos α = e
and sin α = sin β + e i. e., sin α − sin β = e.
Squaring and adding, we get 2 − 2 (cos α cos β + sin α sin β) = 2e2
or cos (α − β) = 1 − e2
1
or 1 − 2 sin2 (α − β) = 1 − e 2
2
1 1 1 e
or sin2 (α − β) = e2 or sin (α − β) = .
2 2 2 2
1
∴ (α − β) = sin −1 (e / 2).
2
∴ ∠ PSQ = α − β = 2 sin −1 (e / 2).
G-20
Example 9: A focal chord PSP′ of an ellipse is inclined at an angle α to the major axis. Show
that the perpendicular from the focus on the tangent at P makes an angle
tan −1 {sin α / (e + cos α)} with the axis.
Solution: Let the conic (given to be an ellipse) be
l / r = 1 + e cos θ,
the focus S being at the pole.
Since the focal chord PSP ′ makes an angle α with the major axis i. e., the initial line,
therefore the vectorial angle of P is α.
The tangent at P is
l / r = cos (θ − α) + e cos θ
or l = (cos α + e) (r cos θ) + sin α . (r sin θ)
or l = (cos α + e) x + sin α . y. …(1)
If the tangent (1) makes an angle ψ with the major axis i. e.,with the initial line, then
Comprehensive Exercise 2
1. Prove that the condition that the line l / r = A cos θ + B sin θ may touch the
conic l / r = 1 + e cos (θ − α) is
A2 + B2 − 2 e ( A cos α + B sin α) + e2 − 1 = 0.
(Meerut 2009, 10B; Avadh 13)
2. l
Prove that the line = cos (θ − α) + e cos (θ − γ ) is the tangent to the conic
r
l
= 1 + e cos (θ − γ ) at the point for which θ = α.
r
3. Show that the two conics l1 / r = 1 + e1 cos θ and l2 / r = 1 + e2 cos (θ − α)
will touch one another if l12 (1 − e2 2 ) + l2 2 (1 − e12 ) = 2l1 l2 (1 − e1 e2 cos α).
(Bundelkhand 2006, 07, 08; Purvanchal 07, 10)
4. PSP ′ is a focal chord of a conic; prove that the angle between the tangents at P
2 e sin α
and P ′ is tan −1 2
where α is the angle between the chord and the
1− e
major axis. (Meerut 2005, 06; Kanpur 06, 08, 14;
Purvanchal 07, 13)
5. Show that the locus of the point of intersection of two tangents to the
parabola l / r = 1 + cos θ, which cut one another at a constant angle α is the
hyperbola, l / r = cos α + cos θ. (Rohilkhand 2007)
6. Prove that the portion of the tangent intercepted between the conic and the
directrix subtends a right angle at the corresponding focus.
or
Let the tangent at any point P on a conic whose focus is S meet the directrix
in K, show that the angle PSK is a right angle.
7. PSP ′ is a focal chord of the conic. Prove that the tangents at P and P ′
intersect on the directrix.
8. Two conics have a common focus; prove that two of their common chords
pass through the intersection of their directrices.
9. If the tangent at any point of an ellipse makes an angle α with its major
axis and an angle β with the focal radius to the point of contact, show
that ecos α = cos β.
10. QR, a chord of the conic l / r = 1 − e cos θ, subtends a constant angle 2α at its
focus S, and SP, the bisector of the angle QSR, meets QR in P. Show that the
locus of P is the conic (l cos α) / r = 1 − e cos α cos θ.
G-22
11. Prove that two points on the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ whose vectorial angles
are α and β respectively will be the extremities of a diameter if
e +1 α β
= tan tan ⋅
e −1 2 2
12. If POP ′ be a chord of a conic through a fixed point O, prove that
1 1
tan P ′ SO tan PSO is constant, S being a focus of the conic.
2 2
13. If the tangent from a point P to the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ subtends the fixed
angle β at the focus, prove that the locus of the middle point of SP is a conic of
eccentricity esec β.
16 Auxiliary Circle
Definition: The locus of the foot of the perpendicular from the focus on any tangent to a
conic (ellipse or hyperbola) is a circle called the auxiliary circle of the conic.
The equation of the auxiliary circle: To find the locus of the foot of the perpendicular
from the focus of the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ on a tangent to it.
Or
To find the polar equation of the auxiliary circle of the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ.
(Gorakhpur 2006)
The equation of the conic is
l / r = 1 + e cos θ. …(1)
Consider a point ‘α’ on (1). The equation of the tangent at the point ‘α’ is
l / r = cos (θ − α) + e cos θ. …(2)
Changing (2) to cartesian coordinates, we have
l = (cos α + e) x + sin α y. …(2′)
The equation of the line perpendicular to (2′ ) and passing through the focus (i. e.,
the pole or origin) is
0 = sin α . x − (cos α + e) y.
Changing it to polars, we have
0 = sin α . r cos θ − (cos α + e) r sin θ
or sin (θ − α) = − e sin θ. …(3)
Now the foot of the perpendicular from the focus S to the tangent (2) is given by
the intersection of (2) and (3) , and hence its locus is obtained by eliminating the
variable ‘α’ between (2) and (3). The equations (2) and (3) may be rewritten as
l
− e cos θ = cos (θ − α) and − e sin θ = sin (θ − α).
r
Squaring and adding these equations, we have
G-23
2
l − e cos θ + e2 sin2 θ = 1
r
l2 le
or 2
−2 cos θ + e2 − 1 = 0
r r
or (e 2 − 1) r 2 − 2 ler cos θ + l2 = 0. …(4)
This is the required equation of the auxiliary circle.
Particular case: If the conic be a parabola i. e., e = 1, the equation (4) becomes
− 2 ler cos θ + l2 = 0
or l / r = 2 cos θ
or l / r = cos (θ − 0) + 1 . cos θ
which is the equation of the tangent to the parabola l / r = 1 + cos θ at the vertex
( i. e., at the point θ = 0). (Gorakhpur 2006)
1 1
and l / r ′ = cos (α − β) + e cos (α + β). …(5)
2 2
Particular case: If the conic is a parabola i. e., e = 1, then from (5),
1 1 1 1
l / r ′ = cos (α − β) + cos (α + β) = 2 cos α cos β
2 2 2 2
1 1 1
or r ′ = (l / 2) sec α sec β, and θ ′ = (α + β). …(6)
2 2 2
Note: Students are advised not to use the results of equations (5) or (6) directly in
solving the problems.
18 Director Circle
Definition: The locus of the point of intersection of two perpendicular tangents to a conic,
is called the director circle of the conic.
The equation of the director circle: To find the equation of the director circle of the
conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ. (Rohilkhand 2005; Kumaun 08;
Avadh 09; Purvanchal 12, 13)
The equation of the conic is
l / r = 1 + e cos θ. …(1)
The director circle of the conic (1) is the locus of the point of intersection of
perpendicular tangents to the conic (1).
The equations of the tangents to (1) at the points α and β are
l / r = cos (θ − α) + e cos θ, …(2)
and l / r = cos (θ − β) + e cos θ …(3)
respectively.
To find the point of intersection of (2) and (3), subtracting (3) from (2), we have
0 = cos (θ − α) − cos (θ − β) or cos (θ − α) = cos (θ − β).
1
∴ θ − α = − (θ − β) or θ = (α + β).
2
1
Putting θ = (α + β) in (2), we have
2
1 1
l / r = cos (α + β) − α + e cos (α + β)
2 2
1 1
= cos (α − β) + e cos (α + β).
2 2
Therefore if (r ′ , θ ′ ) be the point of intersection of the tangents (2) and (3), we have
1 1 1
θ ′ = (α + β) and l / r ′ = cos (α − β) + e cos (α + β). …(4)
2 2 2
Changing the equation (2) of the tangent at the point α to cartesian form, we have
l = (cos α + e) x + (sin α) y.
G-25
Example 10: Show that the locus of the feet of perpendiculars from the focus S of a conic on
chords subtending a constant angle 2γ at S is the circle whose polar equation referred to S as
pole is r 2 (e2 − sec 2 γ ) − 2 ler cos θ + l2 = 0
where 2l is the latus rectum and e the eccentricity of the conic. (Kumaun 2015)
Solution: Referred to the focus S as the pole let the equation of the conic be
l / r = 1 + e cos θ. …(1)
G-26
Example 11: If A, B, C be any three points on a parabola, and the tangents at these points
form a triangle A′B′C ′, show that SA . SB . SC = SA′ . SB ′ . SC ′ , S being the focus of the
parabola.
Solution: Let the equation of the parabola be l / r = 1 + cos θ, referred to the focus
S as the pole.
Let the vectorial angles of A, B, C be α, β, γ respectively. The equations of the
tangents at these points are
l / r = cos (θ − α) + cos θ, …(1)
l / r = cos (θ − β) + cos θ, …(2)
and l / r = cos (θ − γ ) + cos θ. …(3)
If C ′ is the point of intersection of the tangents (1) and (2), then the vectorial angle
1
of C ′ = (α + β) and the radius vector of C ′
2
1 1
i. e., SC ′ = (l / 2) sec α sec β. [See equation (6) of article 17 ]
2 2
G-27
1 1 1 1
Similarly SA′ = (l / 2) sec β sec γ and SB ′ = (l / 2) sec γ sec α.
2 2 2 2
1 1 1
∴ SA ′ . SB ′ . SC ′ = (l3 / 8) sec 2 α sec 2 β sec 2 γ. …(4)
2 2 2
Again since the point A whose vectorial angle is α and radius vector is SA lies on (1),
therefore
1 1
l / SA = 1 + cos α = 2 cos 2 α or SA = (l / 2) sec 2 α.
2 2
1 1
Similarly SB = (l / 2) sec 2 β and SC = (l / 2) sec 2 γ.
2 2
1 1 1
∴ SA . SB . SC = (l3 / 8) sec 2 α sec 2 β sec 2 γ . …(5)
2 2 2
From (4) and (5) the required result follows.
Example 12: Find the equation of the circle circumscribing the triangle formed by tangents
at three given points of a parabola.
Solution: Let the three points on the parabola
l / r = 1 + cos θ
be A, B, C and let α, β, γ be their vectorial angles. Also let A′ , B′ , C ′ be the points of
intersection of these tangents. Then as in Example 11,
l β γ β + γ
the point A′ is sec sec , ,
2 2 2 2
l α γ α+ γ
the point B ′ is sec sec , ,
2 2 2 2
l α β α + β
and the point C ′ is sec sec , ⋅
2 2 2 2
By actual substitution we see that the three points A ′ , B ′ , C ′ lie on the curve
l α β γ α + β + γ
r = sec sec sec cos θ − ⋅ …(1)
2 2 2 2 2
The equation (1) is of the type
r = 2a cos (θ − λ )
which is the equation of a circle passing through the pole, the diameter through the
pole making an angle λ with the initial line and the length of the diameter equal to
2a.
Hence the equation (1) is the equation of the circumcircle of the triangle A′ B ′ C ′,
the length of the diameter of the circumcircle being equal to
1 1 1
(l / 2) sec α sec β sec γ
2 2 2
and the diameter through the pole making an angle 1 / 2 (α + β + γ ) with the initial
line.
G-28
Remark: The centre of the circle (1) is the middle point of its diameter passing
through the pole. So the vectorial angle of the centre of the circle (1) is
1 1 1
1 / 2 (α + β + γ ) and the radius vector is (l / 4) sec α sec β sec γ .
2 2 2
Comprehensive Exercise 3
1. Prove that the centres of the four circles circumscribing the four triangles
formed by the four tangents drawn to a parabola at points whose vectorial
angles are α, β, γ , δ lie on another circle which passes through the focus of the
parabola.
2. If the tangents at any two points P and Q of a conic meet in a point T, and if
the chord PQ meets the directrix corresponding to S in a point K , prove that
∠ KST is a right angle.
3. PQ is a variable chord of a conic having S for focus and angle PSQ is constant.
Prove that the locus of the point of intersection of tangents at P and Q is a
conic having S for a focus and the corresponding directrix is common with
the given conic.
4. Prove that, if chords of a conic subtend a constant angle at a focus, the
tangents at the ends of the chord will meet on a fixed conic and the chord will
touch (or envelope) another fixed conic.
5. Prove that the locus of the point of intersection of tangents at the extremities
of perpendicular focal radii of a conic is another conic having the same focus.
6. Prove that the radius vector TS of the point of intersection of tangents at P
and Q bisects the angle between the radii vectors of P and Q (i.e., between PS
and QS).
7. A chord PQ of a conic subtends a constant angle 2γ at the focus S and
tangents at P and Q meet in T ; prove that
1 1 2 cos γ 2 sin2 γ
+ − = ⋅
SP SQ ST l
8. Show that the locus of the intersection of two perpendicular tangents one
drawn to each of the two parabolas with a common focus whose axes are
neither coincident nor perpendicular is a conic.
9. P, Q , R are three points on the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ the focus S being the
pole. The tangent at Q meets SP and SR in M and N so that SM = SN = l.
Prove that the chord PR touches the conic l / r = 1 + 2e cos θ.
G-29
19 Pair of Tangents
To prove that the equation of the pair of tangents drawn to the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ from the
point (r ′ , θ ′ ) is (S 2 − 1) (S ′ 2 − 1) = P 2 ,
where S ≡ l / r − e cos θ, S ′ ≡ l / r ′ − e cos θ ′
and P ≡ (l / r − e cos θ) (l / r ′ − e cos θ ′ ) − cos (θ − θ′ ).
Hence to prove that the equations of the asymptotes of the conic are
le / r = (e2 − 1) cos θ ± √ (e2 − 1) sin θ.
Consider a point P with vectorial angle α on the conic
l / r = 1 + e cos θ …(1)
The tangent to (1) at the point α is
l / r = cos (θ − α) + e cos θ. …(2)
If the tangent (2) passes through the point (r′ , θ ′), we have
l / r ′ = cos (θ ′ − α) + e cos θ ′ . …(3)
The required equation of the pair of tangents is obtained by eliminating α between
(2) and (3).
We have
(S 2 − 1) (S′ 2 − 1) = {(l / r − e cos θ)2 − 1} {(l / r ′ − e cos θ ′ )2 − 1}
= {cos 2 (θ − α) − 1}{cos 2 (θ ′ − α) − 1}, [Using (2) and (3)]
2 2
= { − sin (θ − α)}{ − sin (θ ′ − α)}
= sin2 (θ − α) sin2 (θ ′ − α). …(4)
Also P = (l / r − e cos θ) (l / r ′ − e cos θ ′ ) − cos (θ − θ ′ )
= cos (θ − α) cos (θ ′ − α) − cos (θ − θ′ ) [Using (2) and (3)]
1
= {2 cos (θ − α) cos (θ ′ − α)} − cos (θ − θ ′ )
2
1
= {cos (θ + θ ′ − 2α) + cos (θ − θ ′ )} − cos (θ − θ ′ )
2
1
= {cos (θ + θ ′ − 2α) − cos (θ − θ ′ )}
2
G-30
1
= {2 sin (θ − α) sin (α − θ ′ )}
2
= − sin (θ − α) sin (θ ′ − α).
2
∴ P = sin2 (θ − α) sin2 (θ ′ − α). …(5)
From (4) and (5), we have
(S 2 − 1) (S ′ 2 − 1) = P 2 . …(6)
Since the equation (6) does not contain α, therefore it is the required equation of
the pair of tangents drawn from the point (r ′ , θ ′ ) to the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ.
To find the asymptotes: The asymptotes can be regarded as the pair of tangents
drawn from the centre of the conic. The coordinates of the centre referred to the
el
focus S as pole are (ae, π) i. e., 2
, π ⋅
1 − e
Therefore to find the asymptotes the point (r ′ , θ ′ ) is to be taken as the point
el
2
, π ⋅
1 − e
el
∴ r′ = and θ ′ = π. …(7)
1 − e2
Taking these values of r ′ and θ ′ , we have
cos (θ − θ ′ ) = cos (θ − π) = − cos θ,
1 1 − e2 1 − e2 1
S′ = − e cos θ′ = − e cos π = + e = ,
r′ e e e …(8)
and l 1 l
P = − e cos θ + cos θ = ⋅
r e er
Putting the values from (8) in (6), the equation of the asymptotes is
2
l 1 l 2
− e cos θ − 1 2 − 1 =
r e er
l2 2 le 2 2 2 l2
or 2 − cos θ + e cos θ − 1 (1 − e ) =
r r r2
l2 e2 l 2 2 le l2
or − − (1 − e2 ) cos θ + e2 (1 − e2 ) cos θ − (1 − e2 ) =
r2 r2 r r2
e2 l 2 2 le
or 2
+ (1 − e 2 ) cos θ = e2 (1 − e 2 ) cos 2 θ − (1 − e 2 ),
r r
by transposition of terms.
Adding the term (1 − e2 )2 cos 2 θ to both sides, we have
e2 l 2 2 le
2
+ (1 − e2 ) cos θ + (1 − e2 )2 cos 2 θ
r r
= (1 − e2 )2 cos 2 θ + e2 (1 − e 2 ) cos 2 θ − (1 − e 2 )
G-31
2
or el + (1 − e2 ) cos θ = (1 − e2 ) cos 2 θ {1 − e2 + e 2 } − (1 − e2 )
r
= (1 − e 2 ) (cos 2 θ − 1)
= − (1 − e2 ) sin2 θ
= (e2 − 1) sin2 θ.
Taking square root of both sides, we get
(le / r) + (1 − e2 ) cos θ = ± √ (e2 − 1) sin θ
or le / r = (e2 − 1) cos θ ± √ (e2 − 1) sin θ.
These are the equations of the asymptotes of the conic
l / r = 1 + e cos θ.
20 Chord of Contact
To find the polar equation of the chord of contact of the point T (r ′, θ ′ ) with respect to the
conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ.
The given conic is
l / r = 1 + e cos θ. …(1)
Let P and Q be the points of contact of the
tangents drawn from the point T (r ′, θ′ ) to the
conic (1).
Then the chord PQ is the chord of contact of the
point T with respect to the conic (1).
Let the vectorial angles of P and Q be α and β
respectively.
The point of intersection T (r ′, θ ′) of the
tangents at P and Q is given by
1
θ ′ = (α + β), …(2)
2
1 1
and l / r ′ = cos (α − β) + e cos (α + β). …(3)
2 2
[See article 17]
The equation of the chord PQ joining the points α and β is
1 1
l / r = sec (α − β) cos θ − (α + β) + e cos θ. …(4)
2 2
The equation (4) will become the equation of the chord of contact if α, β are
eliminated with the help of (2) and (3).
The equation (4) may be written as
G-32
1
cos θ − (α + β)
l 2
− e cos θ =
r 1
cos (α − β)
2
l cos (θ − θ ′ )
or − e cos θ = , using (2) and (3)
r (l / r ′ − e cos θ ′ )
l l
or − e cos θ
− e cos θ ′ = cos (θ − θ ′ ).
r r′
This is the required equation of the chord of contact of the point (r ′, θ ′) with
respect to the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ.
21 Polar of a Point
To find the equation of the polar of a point (r ′, θ ′) w.r.t. the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ.
(Avadh 2006; Purvanchal 09; Kumaun 08)
Suppose we want to find the equation of the polar of a given point R (r ′ , θ ′ ) with
respect to the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ.
If we draw chords of the given conic
passing through the point R, then the
locus of the point of intersection of
the tangents at the extremities of
these chords is said to be the polar of
R with respect to the given conic.
Let PQ be any such chord meeting
the conic in points P and Q whose
vectorial angles are α and β respectively.
If P (r1 , θ1 ) is the point of intersection of the tangents at the points P ‘α’ and Q ‘β’,
then proceeding as in article 17, we have
1
θ1 = (α + β), …(1)
2
1 1
and l / r1 = cos (α − β) + e cos (α + β)
2 2
1
i. e., l / r1 − e cos θ1 = cos (α − β). …(2)
2
The equation of the chord PQ joining the points α and β is
1 1
l / r = sec (α − β) cos θ − (α + β) + e cos θ.
2 2
Since it passes through the point R (r ′ , θ ′ ), therefore
1 1
l / r ′ = sec (α − β) cos θ ′ − (α + β) + e cos θ ′
2 2
G-33
1
cos θ ′ − (α + β)
2
or l / r ′ − e cos θ ′ =
1
cos (α − β)
2
cos (θ′ − θ1 )
or ( l / r ′ − e cos θ′ ) = [Using (1) and (2)]
(l / r1 − e cos θ1 )
or ( l / r1 − e cos θ1 ) (l / r ′ − e cos θ ′ ) = cos (θ ′ − θ1 ). …(3)
∴ the polar of the point (r ′ , θ ′ ) i. e., the locus of the point (r1 , θ1 ) is
( l / r − e cos θ) (l / r ′ − e cos θ ′ ) = cos (θ ′ − θ)
[Replacing r 1 by r and θ1 by θ in (3)]
or ( l / r − e cos θ) (l / r ′ − e cos θ ′ ) = cos (θ − θ ′ ). …(4)
Remark 1: The pole of a line is the point of intersection of the tangents at its
extremities.
Remark 2: Articles 20 and 21 show that the polar of a point with respect to a
given conic is the same as the chord of contact of the tangents drawn from that
point to the conic. But here the point must lie outside the conic.
22 Perpendicular Lines
Let the equation of a straight line be
l / r = A cos θ + B sin θ. …(1)
Multiplying both sides by r the equation (1) may be written as
l = Ar cos θ + Br sin θ.
Changing to cartesians this equation becomes
l = Ax + By. …(2)
The equation of any line perpendicular to the line (2) is
Bx − Ay = L, where L is any real number
or Br cos θ − Ar sin θ = L, changing to polars
1 1
or L / r = A cos π + θ + B sin π + θ . …(3)
2 2
Thus (3) is the equation of any line which is perpendicular to the line (1). In the
equation (3) L is any real number.
Solution: The equation of the normal to the parabola l / r = 1 + cos θ at the point
l sin λ 1
λ on it is ⋅ = sin (θ − λ ) + sin θ.
1 + cos λ r
If it passes through the point ( ρ, φ), we have
l sin λ 1
⋅ = sin (φ − λ ) + sin φ .
1 + cos λ ρ
Changing cos λ ,sin λ to half angles this equation takes the form
1 1 1
l tan3 λ + 0 . tan2 λ + (l + 2 ρ cos φ) tan λ − 2 ρ sin φ = 0.
2 2 2
…(1)
1 1
This equation being a cubic in tan λ gives three values of tan λ and hence three
2 2
values of λ . Thus there are three points on the parabola the normals at which pass
1 1 1
through the point ( ρ, φ). If these points are α, β, γ , then tan α, tan β, tan γ are
2 2 2
1
the roots of the cubic (1) in tan λ .
2
By the theory of equations, we have for the cubic (1),
1 1 1 1
tan α + tan β + tan γ = Σ tan α = 0,
2 2 2 2
1 1
Σ tan α tan β = ( l + 2ρ cos φ) / l,
2 2
1 1 1
tan α tan β tan γ = 2ρ sin φ / l.
2 2 2
Now from trigonometry, we have
1 1 1 1
Σ tan α − tan α tan β tan γ
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
tan α + β + γ =
2 2 2 1 1
1 − Σ tan α tan β
2 2
0 − (2ρ sin φ / l)
=
1 − {( l + 2ρ cos φ) / l }
− 2ρ sin φ / l
= = tan φ.
1 − {1 + (2ρ cos φ) / l }
1 1 1
∴ α+ β+ γ =φ or α + β + γ = 2φ.
2 2 2
G-36
Example 14: Find the locus of the pole of a chord of the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ which
subtends a constant angle 2γ at the focus. (Meerut 2006, 09B; Kumaun 10, 11)
Solution: The pole of a chord is the point of intersection of the tangents at its
extremities.
Let PQ be a variable chord of the conic l / r = 1 + e cos θ which subtends a constant
angle 2γ at the focus S of the conic. Let α, β be the vectorial angles of the points P
and Q respectively. Then ∠ PSQ = α − β. But according to the question
∠ PSQ = 2γ. Therefore
α − β = 2γ …(1)
If T (r ′ , θ ′ ) be the point of intersection of the tangents at P and Q, then proceeding
as in article 17, we have
α+β
θ′ = , …(2)
2
and
l
= cos α − β + e cos α + β ⋅ …(3)
r′ 2 2
The pole of the chord PQ is the point T and we have to find the locus of the point T.
The locus of T will be obtained by eliminating α and β between (1), (2) and (3).
Substituting the values of α − β and α + β from (1) and (2) in (3), we have
l / r ′ = cos γ + e cos θ ′
or (l sec γ ) / r ′ = 1 + (e sec γ ) cos θ′ .
∴ the locus of T (r ′ , θ ′ ) is
(l sec γ ) / r = 1 + (e sec γ ) cos θ,
which is a conic whose focus is the pole S i. e., the focus of the given conic.
Comprehensive Exercise 4
1. Show that three normals can be drawn from a point (ρ, φ) to a parabola.
2. If the normals at three points of the parabola r = a cosec 2 1 / 2 θ whose
vectorial angles are α, β and γ meet in a point whose vectorial angle is φ, prove
that 2φ = α + β + γ − π.
3. If the tangent and normal at any point P of a conic meet the transverse axis in
1 1
T and G respectively and if S be the focus, then show that − is
SG ST
constant.
G-37
SQ = l (1 + 3e2 + e4 ) / (1 + e2 − e4 ).
7. The locus of the foot of the perpendicular from the focus on any tangent to a
conic (ellipse or hyperbola) is a circle called the …… of the conic.
8. The locus of the point of intersection of two perpendicular tangents to a
conic, is called the …… of the conic.
9. The polar equation of the chord of contact of the point (r ′ , θ ′ ) with respect to
l l l
the conic = 1 + e cos θ is − e cos θ − e cos θ ′ = …… .
r r r ′
l
10. The equation of the normal at a point ‘α’ on the conic = 1 + e cos θ is
r
le sin α 1
⋅= …… .
1 + e cos α r
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
l
1. The conic = 1 + 3 cos θ is an ellipse.
r
l
2. The conic = 1 + cos θ is a parabola.
r
l
3. The equation of the tangent to the conic = 1 + e cos (θ − α) at the point ‘β’
r
l
on it is = e cos (θ − β) + cos (θ − α).
r
l
4. The equation of the director circle of the conic = 1 + e cos θ is
r
(1 − e2 ) r 2 + 2 ler cos θ − 2 l2 = 0.
5. The equation of the polar of a point (r′ , θ′ ) with respect to the conic
l l l
= 1 + e cos θ is − e cos θ − e cos θ ′ = sin (θ − θ ′ ).
r r r′
l
6. The equation of the chord of the conic = 1 + e cos θ whose extremities are
r
the points (r1 , θ1 ) and (r2 , θ2 ) is
l θ − θ1 θ + θ2
= e cos θ + sec 2 cos θ − 1 ⋅
r 2 2
A nswers
Multiple Choice Questions
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c)
6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (a)
G-40
True or False
1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F
6. T
¨
G-41
2
S ystems of C o-ordinates
1 Introduction
tudents know well that in co-ordinate geometry of two dimensions (i. e., plane
S analytical geometry) the position of a point in a plane is referred to two
intersecting lines (in the plane of the point) called the axes of reference and their
point of intersection called the origin of co-ordinates. The axes are called
rectangular axes if they are at right angles, otherwise they are called oblique
axes. Whatever the axes may be, they divide the plane into four quadrants called
the first, second, third and fourth quadrants respectively.
But it is not always possible to determine the positions of all the points we can
imagine with reference to above co-ordinate axes. For example, consider the five
corners of a rectangular parallelopiped, they do not lie in one plane. Such points are
called points in space. A point in space can be demonstrated as follows :
Consider your study room and let dimensions of the room be that of a rectangular
parallelopiped. Now consider any particle in air, then this particle in air is a point in space.
The geometry of such points in space is discussed in “Analytical geometry of
three dimensions” also called “Solid geometry.”
G-42
2 Definitions
Analytical geometry is that branch of
mathematics which treats geometry
algebraically i. e., we have equations of
geometric curves which reveal to us
their nature and properties.
Origin, Coordinate Axes and
Coordinate Planes. Let O be the
point of intersection of two mutually
perpendicular straight lines X ′ OX and
Y ′ OY drawn in the plane of paper.
Imagine a third straight line Z ′ OZ
passing through O and perpendicular to
both X ′ OX and Y ′ OY . Thus OZ is
perpendicular to both OX and OY i. e., OZ is perpendicular to the plane of the
paper. Also suppose that OZ points in that direction in which a right handed screw
will translate if rotated from OX to OY . Such a system of three mutually
perpendicular lines namely X ′ OX , Y ′ OY and Z ′ OZ is called a right handed system
of three dimensional rectangular coordinate axes. These lines are called x-axis, y-axis and
z-axis respectively. The point O is called the origin. OX , OY and OZ are taken to be
positive directions whereas OX ′ , OY ′ and OZ ′ as negative directions of x-axis, y-axis
and z-axis respectively.
We get three planes XOY (xy-plane), YOZ ( yz-plane) and ZOX (zx-plane) if the
above three axes are taken in pairs. They are called the coordinate planes. The three
coordinate planes divide the space into eight parts, called octants. The octant
OXYZ is called the positive octant.
Thus the position vector of a point P is the vector xi$ + yj$ + zk$ if and only if the coordinates of
the point P are ( x, y, z ).
4 Octants
The three co-ordinate planes namely yz-plane, zx-plane and xy-plane divide the
space into eight parts called the octants, and to which octant the point P belongs is
determined by the signs of the co-ordinates of the point P. [See figure of article 2.]
The octant OXYZ in which the three co-ordinates are all positive is called the first
octant. The following table determines the signs in eight octants :
x + + + + – – – –
y + – – + + – + –
z + + – – + + – –
5 Change of Origin
Let OX , OY , OZ be a rectangular set of axes.
Referred to these axes let the co-ordinates of
two points P and Q be ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and
( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) respectively. Suppose we want to
shift the origin from O to the point P i. e., we
want to find the co-ordinates of Q referred to P
as origin.
Draw the new axes PX1 , PY1 and PZ1 parallel
to the original axes OX , OY and OZ
respectively.
The position vectors of the points P and Q with respect to O as origin are given by
→
OP = x1 i + y1 j + z1 k ,
→
OQ = x2 i + y2 j + z 2 k.
→
Also the position vector of the point Q with respect to P as origin is PQ. Now we
→ → →
have PQ = OQ − OP = ( x2 i + y2 j + z 2 k) − ( x1 i + y1 j + z1 k)
= ( x2 − x1 ) i + ( y2 − y1 ) j + (z 2 − z1 ) k
= ( x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z 2 − z1 ).
Therefore, the co-ordinates of the point Q with respect to the new origin P are
( x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z 2 − z1 ).
7 Cylindrical Co-ordinates
See figure of article 6. Let P be a point in space. The position of P can also be
determined if the measures of ON , ∠ XON and NP are known. Suppose
ON = u, ∠ XON = φ , NP = z . The quantities u, φ , z are called the cylindrical
co-ordinates of P and are written as (u, φ , z ).
Let ( x, y, z ) be the cartesian co-ordinates of P, then N has the co-ordinates ( x, y, 0).
Hence, we have
x = ON cos φ = u cos φ , y = u sin φ , z = z .
Also u2 = x 2 + y 2 , tan φ = y / x .
We observe that the z-coordinate is the same in the two systems i. e., cartesian and
cylindrical.
= ( x2 − x1 ) $i + ( y2 − y1 ) $j + (z 2 − z1 ) k$ .
→
∴ distance PQ = | OQ | = ( x2 − x1 )2 + ( y2 − y1 )2 + (z 2 − z1 )2 .
Hence distance between the points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 , z 2 )
= PQ = ( x2 − x1 )2 + ( y2 − y1 )2 + (z 2 − z1 )2 .
Example 2: Show that the points (0, 7, 10) , (− 1, 6, 6) , (− 4, 9, 6) form an isosceles right
angled triangle.
Solution: Let ABC be a given triangle and let the coordinates of the vertices
A, B and C be (0, 7, 10), (− 1, 6, 6) and (− 4, 9, 6) respectively. We have
AB = (− 1 − 0)2 + (6 − 7)2 + (6 − 10)2 = 1 + 1 + 16 = 18
9 Section Formulae
To find the co-ordinates of the point which divides the straight line joining two given points.
Let P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) be
the given points.
Let ( x, y, z ) be the required co-ordinates
of R , the point which divides the join of
the line joining the two points
P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 , z 2 )
internally in the ratio m1 : m2 . The
position vectors of the points
P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), Q ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) and
R ( x, y, z ) are given by
→
OP = x1 i + y1 j + z1 k , …(1)
→
OQ = x2 i + y2 j + z 2 k , …(2)
→
OR = xi + yj + zk . …(3)
Now the point R divides the join of P and Q in the ratio m1 : m2 , so that
m1 PR
= or m1 ( RQ) = m2 ( PR).
m2 RQ
→ →
Hence m2 PR = m1 RQ
G-49
→ → → →
⇒ m2 (OR − OP ) = m1 (OQ − OR )
→ → →
⇒ (m1 + m2 ) OR = m1 OQ + m2 OP
→ →
→ m1 OQ + m2 OP
⇒ OR =
m1 + m2
m1 ( x2 i + y2 j + z 2 k) + m2 ( x1 i + y1 j + z1 k)
⇒ xi + yj + zk =
m1 + m2
[Using (1), (2) and (3)]
(m1 x2 + m2 x1 ) i + (m1 y2 + m2 y1 ) j + (m1 z 2 + m2 z1 ) k
= ⋅
m1 + m2
Equating the coefficients of i, j, k , we get
m x + m2 x1 m1 y2 + m2 y1 m z + m2 z1
x= 1 2 , y= , z = 1 2 ⋅
m1 + m2 m1 + m2 m1 + m2
Corollary 1: Mid-point formula. The co-ordinates of the mid-point of the join of
( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) are
x + x2 y1 + y2 z + z2
x= 1 , y= , z = 1 ⋅ [Putting m1 = m2 ]
2 2 2
Corollary 2: If m1 : m2 = λ : 1, then the co-ordinates of the point R are
x1 + λ x2 y1 + λ y2 z + λ z2
, , 1 ⋅
λ +1 λ +1 λ +1
x1 + x2 + x3 , y1 + y2 + y3 , z1 + z 2 + z 3 ⋅
3 3 3
x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 , y1 + y2 + y3 + y4 , z1 + z 2 + z 3 + z 4 ⋅
4 4 4
Proof: Let G1 be the centroid of the face ABC of the tetrahedron DABC. Then
the coordinates of G1 are
x1 + x2 + x3 , y1 + y2 + y3 , z1 + z 2 + z 3 ⋅
3 3 3
G-51
Example 4: Find the coordinates of the point which divides the join of the points
A (3, 1, − 2) and B (1, − 3, − 1).
(i) internally in the ratio 2 : 3 (ii) externally in the ratio 3 : 1.
Solution: A is the point (3, 1, − 2) and B is the point (1, − 3, − 1).
(i) Coordinates of the point dividing AB internally in the ratio 2 : 3 are
3 (3) + 2 (1) 3 (1) + 2 (− 3) 3 (− 2) + 2 (− 1) 11 3 8
, , i. e., , − , − ⋅
2+3 2+3 2+3 5 5 5
(ii) Coordinates of the point dividing AB externally in the ratio 3 : 1 are
1 (3) − 3 (1) 1 (1) − 3 (− 3) 1 (− 2) − 3 (− 1) 1
, , i. e., 0, − 5, − ⋅
1− 3 1− 3 1− 3 2
Example 5: A point P lies on the line whose end points are A (1, 2, 3) and B(2, 10, 1.
) If the
z-coordinate of P is 7, find its other coordinates.
Solution: Let the coordinates of the point P be ( x, y, z ) and let it divide the join of
A (1, 2, 3) and B (2, 10, 1) in the ratio λ :1. Then
λ .1 + 1. 3 λ + 3
z = = ⋅
λ +1 λ +1
But it is given that the z-coordinate of P is 7.
G-52
λ +3
∴ 7= or 7λ + 7 = λ + 3 or 6λ = − 4 or λ = − 2 /3
λ +1
λ ⋅ 2 + 1⋅ 1 2 (− 2 / 3) + 1 (− 4 / 3) + 1
∴ x= = = = −1
λ +1 (− 2 / 3) + 1 1/ 3
λ ⋅ 10 + 1⋅ 2 10 (−2 / 3) + 2 (−20 / 3) + 2
and y= = = = −14.
λ +1 (− 2 / 3) + 1 1/ 3
Example 6: Find the ratio in which the join of A (2, 1, 5) and B (3, 4, 3) is divided by the
plane 2 x + 2 y − 2z = 1. Also find the coordinates of the point of division.
Solution: Suppose the plane 2 x + 2 y − 2z = 1 meets the line joining the points
A (2, 1, 5) and B (3, 4, 3) at the point C and C divides AB in the ratio λ :1. Then the
3λ + 2 4λ + 1 3λ + 5
coordinates of C are , , ⋅ …(1)
λ +1 λ +1 λ +1
But the point C lies on the plane 2 x + 2 y − 2z = 1. So its coordinates must satisfy
the equation of this plane.
3λ + 2 4λ + 1 3λ + 5
∴ 2 +2 −2 =1
λ + 1 λ + 1 λ +1
5
or 6λ + 4 + 8λ + 2 − 6λ − 10 = λ + 1 or 7λ = 5 or ⋅λ =
7
∴ the required ratio is (5 / 7) : 1i. e., 5 : 7 i. e., the plane divides AB internally in the
ratio 5 : 7.
Putting λ = 5 / 7 in (1), the coordinates of the point of division C are
29 , 9 , 25 ⋅
12 4 6
Comprehensive Exercise 1
1. (i) Find the locus of a point P which moves in such a way that its distance
from the point A (u, v, w) is always equal to a.
(ii) A , B , C are three points on the axes of x , y and z respectively at
distances a , b , c from the origin O ; find the co-ordinates of the point
which is equidistant from A , B , C and O.
2. (i) Show that the points A (0 , 1, 2), B (2 , − 1, 3) and C(1, − 3 , 1) are the
vertices of an isosceles right angled triangle.
(ii) Show that the points (1, 2 , 3), (2 , 3 , 1) and (3 , 1, 2) form an equilateral
triangle.
3. (i) Find the co-ordinates of the point which divides the join of (2 , 3, 4) and
(3, − 4,7) in the ratio 2 : − 4. (Meerut 2003)
(ii) Find the ratios in which the sphere x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 504 divides the line
joining the points (12, − 4, 8) and (27, − 9, 18).
G-53
A nswers 1
1. (i) x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − 2 xu − 2 yv − 2wz + u2 + v2 + w2 − a2 = 0
a b c
(ii) , ,
2 2 2
3. (i) (1, 10, 1) (ii) 2 : 3 and 2 : − 3
19 4
4. (i) 1 : 2 (ii) 2 : 3; 0, ,
5 5
5. (4, − 5, 2) 6. z 2 + y2 ; z 2 + x2 ; x2 + y2
7. (7 / 3, − 8 / 3,0) 8. A (1, 2, 3), B (3, 4, 5) and C (− 1, 6, − 7)
2. If A, B and C are the points A (2 , 3, 4), B (3, − 2 , 2) and C (6, − 17, − 4), then
the ratio in which C divides AB is
(a) −4 : 3 (b) 3 : 4
(c) 4 : 3 (d) 1 : 2
A nswers
Multiple Choice Questions
1. (a) 2. (a)
Fill in the Blank(s)
x + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3 z1 + z 2 + z 3
1. 1 , ,
3 3 3
m x2 − n x1 m y 2 − n y1 m z 2 − n z1
2. , ,
m−n m−n m−n
3. 7
4. 2 :3
¨
G-55
3
D irection C osines and P rojections
are called the direction cosines (briefly written as d.c.’s) of that directed line or vector. These
are usually denoted by l, m, n respectively.
Thus l = cos α , m = cos β, n = cos γ .
The angles α, β, γ are known as direction angles of the
line.
Let AB be a given directed line or a vector. Draw a
line OP through the origin O in the direction of the
line [Link] angles α, β, γ made by OP with OX,
OY , OZ respectively as shown by arrows. Then
cos α, cos β, cos γ are d.c.’s of the line AB.
Clearly OP ′ i. e., the line through O in the direction of the directed line BA makes
angles 180° − α,180° − β, 180° − γ with OX, OY , OZ respectively. So d.c.’s of the
directed line BA are
cos (180° − α), cos (180° − β), cos (180° − γ )
i. e., − cos α, − cos β, − cos γ .
Thus if the d.c.’s of a directed line AB are l, m, n, then the d.c.’s of the directed line
BA whose direction is opposite to the direction of AB are − l, − m, − n .
Remark: Since the angles α , β, γ are not coplanar, therefore α + β + γ ≠ 360 ° .
Direction Cosines of the Coordinate Axes:
Since the axis of x makes angles 0°, 90°, 90° with the axes of x, y, z respectively, therefore
by definition, its d.c.’s are cos 0°, cos 90°, cos 90° i. e., 1, 0, 0. (Kumaun 2008)
Hence the d.c.’s of the x-axis are 1, 0, 0.
Similarly the d.c.’s of the y-axis are 0, 1, 0 and the d.c.’s of the z-axis are 0, 0, 1.
(Kumaun 2008)
Let P ( x, y, z ) be a point in the space and O the origin. Then length OP = r is the
radius vector of the point P. Draw PM
perpendicular from P to OX meeting it at M.
Then x = OM. From the right angled ∆OMP, we
have
OM
= cos α = l
OP
x
or =l or x = lr.
r
Similarly, y = mr and z = nr.
Hence, co-ordinates of P are ( lr , mr , nr ).
Corollary: If ( x , y, z ) be the co-ordinates of a
x y z
point P, such that OP = r, then the direction cosines of OP are , , ⋅
r r r
→
(i) a, b, c are direction ratios of r
→
(ii) direction cosines l, m, n of r are given by
G-58
a b c
l= ,m= ,n=
2 2 2 2 2 2
a +b +c a +b +c a + b2 + c 2
2
(iii) l2 + m2 + n2 = 1
is l $i + m $j + n k$ and
→
(iv) unit vector in the direction of r
r = | r |(l $i + m $j + n k$ ).
→ →
line, makes angles α, β, γ with the positive directions of x-axis, y-axis and z-axis
r
respectively. If l, m, n are the direction cosines of r , then l = cos α, m = cos β,
n = cos γ .
r • $i = (a $i + b $j + c k$)• $i = a, r • $j = b and r • k$ = c .
→ → →
We have
r a
r • $i = a ⇒ | r || $i|cos α = a ⇒ | r |cos α = a ⇒ cos α =
→ →
Now ;
→
|r |
b
r • $j = b ⇒ | r | | $j|cos β = b ⇒ | r | cos β = b ⇒ cos β =
→ → →
;
→
|r |
c
r • k$ = c ⇒ | r | | k$|cos γ = c ⇒ | r |cos γ = c ⇒ cos γ =
→ → →
and ⋅
→
| r|
a a
∴ l = cos α = =
→
|r| a + b2 + c 2
2
[ ∵| r | | = |a $i + b $j + c k$| =
→
a2 + b 2 + c 2 ]
b b
m = cos β = =
| r|
→
a2 + b 2 + c 2
c c
and n = cos γ = = ⋅
| r|
→
a + b2 + c 2
2
We have
a2 b2 c2
l2 + m2 + n2 = + +
a2 + b 2 + c 2 a2 + b 2 + c 2 a2 + b 2 + c 2
a2 + b 2 + c 2
= = 1.
a2 + b 2 + c 2
l m n 1
Also = = =
a b c a + b2 + c 2
2
→
i. e., a, b, c are proportional to d.c.’s l, m, n of r .
→
Finally unit vector in the direction of r
1 → 1 a $ b $ c $
= r = (a $i + b $j + c k$) = i+ j+ k
→ → → → →
|r| | r| | r| |r | | r|
= l $i + m $j + n k$ .
r = | r |(l $i + m $j + n k$ ).
→ →
∴
Remember the following results established in theorem 1:
(i) If l, m, n are the direction cosines of a line or a vector, then l2 + m2 + n2 = 1.
(ii) l, m, n are the direction cosines of a line or a vector if and only if l $i + m $j + n k$
is a unit vector in the direction of that line or vector.
Theorem 2: To show that the direction cosines of a line whose direction ratios are a, b, c
a b c
are , , ⋅
√ (a + b + c ) √ (a + b + c ) √ (a + b 2 + c 2 )
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Proof: Let l, m, n be the direction cosines of a line whose direction ratios are a, b, c.
Then
l m n
= = = λ (say).
a b c
∴ l = aλ , m = b λ , n = c λ . …(1)
2 2 2
But l + m + n = 1.
1
∴ λ2 (a2 + b 2 + c 2 ) = 1 or λ2 =
a + b2 + c 2
2
1
or λ =± ⋅
√ (a2 + b 2 + c 2 )
a b c
∴ from (1), l = 2 2 2
,m = 2 2 2
, n=
√ (a + b +c ) √ (a + b +c ) √ (a + b 2 + c 2 )
2
a b c
or l=− 2 2 2
,m = − 2 2 2
,n = −
√ (a + b +c ) √ (a + b +c ) √ (a + b 2 + c 2 )
2
a b c
∴ l= ,m= ,n= ⋅
√ (a2 + b 2 + c 2 ) √ (a2 + b 2 + c 2 ) √ (a2 + b 2 + c 2 )
Rule: Let a, b, c be the d.r.’s of a given line, then, to find actual direction cosines
of this line, divide each of a, b, c by √ (a2 + b 2 + c 2 ).
Theorem 3: If the length of a line OP through the origin O is r, then the coordinates of P
are (lr, mr, nr) , where l, m, n are the direction cosines of the line OP.
Proof: The unit vector in the direction of the line OP whose d.c.’s are l, m, n
= l $i + m $j + n k$ .
→ →
∴ OP =| OP |(l $i + m $j + n k$ ) = r (l $i + m $j + n k$ ) = r l $i + r m $j + r n k$ .
∴ the coordinates of P are (r l, r m, r n) .
Theorem 4: Direction cosines of the join of two points:
To show that the direction ratios of a line PQ joining two points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and
Q ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) are x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z 2 − z1 and its direction cosines are
x2 − x1 y − y1 z 2 − z1
, 2 , ⋅
PQ PQ PQ
Proof: Let O be the origin and ( x1 , y1 , z1 )
and ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) be the coordinates of the
points P and Q respectively.
→
We have PQ = position vector of Q
− position vector of P
= ( x2 $i + y2 $j + z 2 k$) − ( x1 $i + y1 $j + z1 k$)
= ( x2 − x1 ) $i + ( y2 − y1 ) $j + (z 2 − z1 ) k$ .
→
Now direction ratios of PQ are the coefficients of $i, $j, k$ in the resolution of PQ
as a linear combination of $i, $j, k$ .
∴ direction ratios of PQ are x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z 2 − z1 .
→
Also a unit vector in the direction of PQ
−→ −→
PQ PQ
= =
→ PQ
| PQ|
1
= {( x2 − x1 ) $i + ( y2 − y1 ) $j + (z 2 − z1 ) k$ }
PQ
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 $
= 2 $i + 2 $j + 2 k.
PQ PQ PQ
∴ the direction cosines of PQ are
G-61
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z 2 − z1
, , ,
PQ PQ PQ
where PQ = ( x2 − x1 )2 + ( y2 − y1 )2 + (z 2 − z1 )2 .
Remember: Direction ratios of a line PQ joining the points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and
Q ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) are x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z 2 − z1 .
7 Projections
Projection of a point on a given line:
Let P be a given point and AB the given straight line.
Draw PM perpendicular from P to AB, meeting AB in
M. Then the foot M of the perpendicular PM is called
the projection of the given point P on the given line
AB.
Projection of a given line segment on another given line:
To find the projection of the line joining two points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) on
another line whose direction cosines are l, m, n.
Let AB be a given line whose direction cosines are l, m, n.
r
If a is a unit vector along AB, then
r
a = l $i + m $j + n k$ .
Let P and Q be two given points ( x1 , y1 , z1 )
and ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) respectively. Draw PM and
QN perpendiculars to AB. Then MN is the
projection of PQ on AB.
Draw PR parallel to AB to meet QN at R.
Then PR = MN .
If θ is the angle between the lines PQ and AB, then ∠ QPR = θ.
The projection of PQ on AB = MN = PR
→ → r
= PQ cos θ = | PQ |cos θ = PQ • a,
r
where a is unit vector in the direction PR
i. e., in the direction of the given line AB
$
= {( x2 $i + y2 $j + z 2 k ) − ( x1 $i + y1 $j + z1 k$ )} • (li$ + mj$ + nk$ )
= { ( x2 − x1 ) $i + ( y2 − y1 ) $j + (z 2 − z1 ) k$ } • (li$ + mj$ + nk$ )
= l ( x2 − x1 ) + m ( y2 − y1 ) + n (z 2 − z1 ).
Hence the projection of the line joining the points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 , z 2 )
on a line whose direction cosines are l, m, n
= l ( x2 − x1 ) + m ( y2 − y1 ) + n (z 2 − z1 ).
G-62
Example 1: Find the direction cosines of a line whose direction ratios are 2, 3, − 6.
Comprehensive Exercise 1
3. Find the direction cosines l, m, n of two lines which are connected by the
relations l − 5m + 3n = 0 and 7l 2 + 5m2 − 3n2 = 0.
(Meerut 2010, 12; Purvanchal 13)
4. Find the direction cosines l, m, n of the two lines which are connected by the
relations l + m + n = 0 and mn − 2nl − 2lm = 0.
(Gorakhpur 2005; Kanpur 07; Purvanchal 08; Kumaun 13)
5. If P, Q, R, S are four points with co-ordinates (3, 4, 5), (4, 6, 3), (−1, 2 , 4),
(1, 0, 5) respectively, then find the projection of PQ on RS. Also find the
projection of RS on PQ. (Agra 2001)
6. Prove that sin2 α + sin2 β + sin2 γ = 2, where α, β, γ are the angles which the
given line makes with the positive directions of the axes. (Agra 2001)
A nswers 1
−1 2 −1 1 1 1
1. , , 2. ± ,± ,±
6 6 6 3 3 3
1 1 2 1 2 3
3. − , , and , ,
6 6 6 14 14 14
1 1 −2 1 −2 1 4 4
4. , , ; , , 5. (− , − )
√6 √6 √6 √6 √6 √6 3 3
l1 m1 n1
(iv) the lines are parallel if and only if = = ⋅
l2 m2 n2 (Avadh 2013)
→ →
Proof: Let a and b be unit vectors along the lines or vectors whose direction
cosines are l1 , m1 , n1 and l2 , m2 , n2 respectively. Then
→
a = l1 $i + m1 $j + n1 k$ and b = l2 $i + m2 $j + n2 k$ .
→
Since θ is the angle between the given lines, therefore the angle between the vectors
→ →
a and b is also θ .
→ →
(i) We have a • b = (l1 $i + m1 $j + n1 k$ ) • (l2 $i + m2 $j + n2 k$ )
→ →
⇒ | a | | b |cos θ = l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2
⇒ cos θ = l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2
→ → r r
[∵ | b | = 1 = | b | , a and b being unit vec tors]
Hence cos θ = l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2 .
(ii) The given lines or vectors are perpendicular if and only if θ = 90 °
i. e., if and only if cos θ = 0 i. e., if and only if l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2 = 0.
(iii) To prove this result we shall make use of Lagrange’s identity stated below.
Lagrange’s Identity: If l1 , m1 , n1 and l2 , m2 , n2 are two sets of real numbers,
then
(l12 + m12 + n12 )(l2 2 + n2 2 + n2 2 ) − (l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2 )2
= (m1 n2 − m2 n1 )2 + (n1 l2 − n2 l1 )2 + (l1 m2 − l2 m1 )2 .
Now, we have sin2 θ = 1 − cos 2 θ
= (l12 + m12 + n12 ) (l2 2 + m2 2 + n2 2 ) − (l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2 )2
= (m1 n2 − m2 n1 )2 + (n1 l2 − n2 l1 )2 + (l1 m2 − l2 m1 )2
[By Lagrange’s identity]
2
= Σ (m1 n2 − m2 n1 ) ∴ sin θ = Σ (m1 n2 − m2 n1 )2 .
Alternative proof for the value of sin θ:
→ →
We have | a × b | = |(l1 $i + m1 $j + n1 k$ ) × (l2 $i + m2 $j + n2 k$ )|
→ →
⇒ | b || b |sin θ = |(m1 n2 − m2 n1 ) $i + (n1 l2 − n2 l1 ) $j + (l1 m2 − l2 m1 ) k$|
⇔ l1 = λ l2 , m1 = λm2 , n1 = λn2
[Equating the coefficients of $i, $j, k$ on both sides]
l1 m1 n1
⇔ = = , each ratio being equal to λ .
l2 m2 n2
Theorem 2: If θ is the angle between two lines or vectors whose direction ratios are
a1 , a2 , a3 and b1 , b2 , b3 , then prove that
a1 b1 + a2 b2 + a3 b3
(i) cos θ =
a12 + a2 2 + a3 2 b12 + b2 2 + b3 2
(ii) the lines are perpendicular if and only if a1 b1 + a2 b2 + a3 b3 = 0
(Avadh 2013)
2 2 2
(a2 b3 − a3 b2 ) + (a3 b1 − a1 b3 ) + (a1 b2 − a2 b1 )
(iii) sin θ =
a12 + a2 2 + a3 2 b12 + b2 2 + b3 2
a1 a2 a3
(iv) the lines are parallel if and only if = = ⋅
b1 b2 b3 (Meerut 2013B; Avadh 13)
→ →
Proof: Let a and b be vectors along the lines whose direction ratios are
a1 , a2 , a3 and b1 , b2 , b3 respectively.
→ →
Then b = a1 $i + a2 $j + a3 k$ and b = b1 $i + b2 $j + b3 k$.
Since θ is the angle between the given lines, therefore the angle between the vectors
→ →
a and b is also θ.
→ →
(i) We have a • b = (a1 $i + a2 $j + a3 k$ ) • (b1 $i + b2 $j + b3 k$ )
G-66
→ →
⇒ | a | | b |cos θ = a1 b1 + a2 b2 + a3 b3
a1 b1 + a2 b2 + a3 b3
⇒ cos θ =
→ →
|a ||b |
a1 b1 + a2 b2 + a3 b3
= ⋅
a12 + a2 2 + a3 2 b12 + b2 2 + b3 2
(ii) The given lines or vectors are perpendicular
⇔ θ = 90 ° ⇔ cos θ = 0 ⇔ a1 b1 + a2 b2 + a3 b3 = 0.
(iii) We have
→ →
| a × b | = |(a1 $i + a2 $j + a3 k$ ) × (b1 $i + b2 $j + b3 k$ )|
→ →
⇒ | a | | b |sin θ = |(a2 b3 − a3 b2 ) $i + (a3 b1 − a1 b3 ) $j + (a1 b2 − a2 b1 ) k$|
sin θ Σ (m1 n2 − m2 n1 )2
∴ tan θ = = ⋅
cos θ l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2
G-67
Again if θ is the angle between the straight lines whose direction ratios are a1 , b1 , c1
and a2 , b2 , c 2 , then
a1 a2 + b1 b2 + c1 c 2
cos θ =
a12 + b12 + c12 a2 2 + b2 2 + c 2 2
Σ (b1 c 2 − b2 c1 )2
and sin θ = ⋅
a12 + b12 + c12 a2 2 + b2 2 + c 2 2
sin θ Σ (b1 c 2 − b2 c1 )2
∴ tan θ = = ⋅
cos θ a1 a2 + b1 b2 + c1 c 2
We observe that the formula for tan θ is the same whether we are given direction
cosines or direction ratios.
Now θ is the angle between the lines AP and AB. Here the d.c.’s of AP are
( x ′ − a) / AP, ( y ′ − b) / AP, (z ′ − c ) / AP
and the d.c.’s of AB are l, m, n
2 2
( y ′ − b) / AP (z ′ − c ) / AP ( x ′ − a) / AP (z ′ − c ) / AP
∴ sin2 θ = +
m n l n
2
( x ′ − a) / AP ( y ′ − b) / AP
+
l m
y ′ − b 2 2 2
1 z ′ − c x ′ − a z ′ − c x ′ − a y′− b
= + + ⋅
AP 2 m n l n l m
2 2
2 y ′ − b z ′ − c x ′ − a z ′ − c
∴ PN = AP 2 sin2 θ = +
m n l n
2
x ′ − a y ′ − b
+ ⋅ …(1)
l m
Remark: In the formula (1), l, m, n are the d.c.’s of the line AB. If however, α, β, γ
2
are the d.r.’s of the line AB, then to get PN we should divide the R.H.S. of (1) by
α2 + β2 + γ 2 .
Example 4: Show that the three points A (2, − 1, 3) , B (4, 3, 1) and C (3, 1, 2) are
collinear. (Meerut 2010B)
Solution: The direction ratios of the line AB are
4 − 2, 3 − (− 1),1 − 3 i. e., 2, 4, − 2.
The direction ratios of the line AC are 3 − 2,1 − (− 1), 2 − 3 i. e., 1, 2, − 1.
We see that the direction ratios of the two lines AB and AC are proportional
2 4 −2
because we have = = , each ratio being equal to 2.
1 2 −1
∴ the lines AB and AC are parallel.
But both the lines AB and AC pass through the point A. So AB and AC are in the
same straight line. Hence the points A, B and C are collinear.
Example 5: Prove that the straight lines whose direction cosines are given by the relations
al + mb + cn = 0 and fmn + gnl + hlm = 0 are perpendicular if f / a + g / b + h / c = 0
and parallel if √ (af ) ± √ (bg) ± √ (ch) = 0. (Meerut 2007B, 10;
Purvanchal 09, 10; Kumaun 15)
Solution: As given, n = − (al + bm) / c .
Substituting this value of n in the second relation, we get
G-69
al + bm al + bm
fm − + gl − + hlm = 0
c c
or afml + bfm2 + agl 2 + bglm − chlm = 0
l2 l
or ag 2
+ (af + bg − ch) + bf = 0. …(1)
m m
Now if l1 , m1 , n1 and l2 , m2 , n2 are the direction cosines of the two lines, then the
roots of (1) are l1 / m1 and l2 / m2 .
l l bf
∴ product of the roots = 1 ⋅ 2 =
m1 m2 ag
l1 l2 m1 m2
or = ⋅
f /a g/b
l1 l2 m1 m2 n1 n2
∴ = = , by symmetry.
( f / a) ( g / b) (h / c )
Now the lines are perpendicular if l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2 = 0
i. e., if f / a + g / b + h / c = 0.
Again, if the lines are parallel then the direction cosines are same i. e.,the roots of (1)
are equal
i. e., (af + bg − ch)2 = 4ag . bf . [ ∵ B2 = 4 AC ]
Taking square root, we get
af + bg − ch = ± 2 √ (afbg)
or af ± 2 √ (af bg) + bg = ch
or { √ (af ) ± √ (bg )}2 = (ch ).
Taking square root,
√ (af ) ± √ (bg ) = ± √ (ch )
or √ (af ) ± √ (bg ) ± √ (ch ) = 0,
which proves the second result.
Example 6: Show that the straight lines whose direction cosines are given by the equations
al + bm + cn = 0 and ul2 + vm2 + wn2 = 0
are perpendicular, if a2 (v + w) + b 2 (u + w) + c 2 (u + v) = 0 and parallel, if
a2 b2 c2
+ + = 0. (Meerut 2001, 12; Kanpur 09, 11, 14;
u v w
Kumaun 12, 14)
Solution: The given relations are
al + bm + cn = 0 …(1)
2 2 2
and ul + vm + wn = 0 …(2)
From (1), we have n = − (al + bm) / c
G-70
Example 7: Show that the lines whose d.c.’s are given by l + m + n = 0 and
2 mn + 3ln − 5lm = 0 are at right angles.
(Meerut 2000, 02, 04, 05, 08, 13B; Kumaun 08, 11; Purvanchal 07, 11)
Solution: From first relation, we get
l = − m − n. …(1)
Substituting this value of l in the second relation, we get
2 mn + 3 (− m − n). n − 5 (− m − n) m = 0
or 5m2 + 4mn − 3n2 = 0
or 5 (m / n)2 + 4 (m / n) − 3 = 0. …(2)
If l1 , m1 , n1 and l2 , m2 , n2 be the d.c.’s of the two lines, then the roots of (2) are
m1 / n1 and m2 / n2 .
∴ product of the roots
m1 m2 3
⋅ =−
n1 n2 5
m1 m2 n1 n2
or = …(3)
3 −5
Also from (1), n = − l − m.
Putting this value of n in the second given relation, we get
2 m (− l − m) + 3l (− l − m) − 5lm = 0
or 3 (l / m)2 + 10 (l / m) + 2 = 0.
l1 l2 2 l1 l2 m1 m2
∴ ⋅ = or =
m1 m2 3 2 3 …(4)
Example 8: If l1 , m1 , n1 and l2 , m2 , n2 are direction cosines of the two lines, show that the
direction cosines of the line perpendicular to both are proportional to
m1 n2 − m2 n1 , n1 l2 − n2 l1 , l1 m2 − l2 m1 .
Prove further if the given lines are at right angles to each other then these direction ratios are the
actual direction cosines. (Avadh 2012)
Solution: Suppose that the required direction cosines of the line are l, m, n. Since
the line is perpendicular to the given lines, we have
ll1 + mm1 + nn1 = 0 …(1)
and ll2 + mm2 + nn2 = 0. …(2)
G-72
−a b c
, , ;
2 2 2 2 2 2
a +b +c a +b +c a + b2 + c 2
2
a −b c
, , ;
2 2 2 2 2 2
a +b +c a +b +c a + b2 + c 2
2
a b −c
and , , ⋅
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
a +b +c a +b +c a +b +c
∴ the angle θ between the diagonals OP and AE is given by
a (− a) + b . b + c . c
cos θ =
a + b2 + c 2
2
a2 + b 2 + c 2
− a2 + b 2 + c 2
=
a2 + b 2 + c 2
− a2 + b 2 + c 2
or θ = cos − 1 2 2 2
⋅
a +b +c
The total number of pairs of the diagonals is 4 C2 i. e., 6. In a similar way the angles
between the remaining five pairs of the diagonals are determined and all of these six
angles are given by
2 2 2
± a ± b ± c
cos − 1 2 ⋅
a + b 2 + c 2
The above expression will give only six valid values because the ambiguous signs
cannot be either all +ive or all –ive for in that case
θ = cos − 1 1 or cos − 1 (− 1)
i. e., θ = 0 or 180°
which is impossible as no two of the diagonals are parallel.
Example 10: A line makes angles α, β, γ , δ with the four diagonals of a cube; prove that
4
cos2 α + cos2 β + cos2 γ + cos2 δ = ⋅
3
(Meerut 2013B; Avadh 09)
Comprehensive Exercise 2
1. If points P, Q are (2, 3, − 6), (3, − 4, 5), then find the angle between OP and
OQ, where O is the origin.
G-75
2. Prove that the line joining the points (1, 2 , 3) and (−1, − 2 , − 3) is
perpendicular to the line joining the points (−2 , 1, 5) and (3 , 3 , 2).
3. Show that the three points A (6 , − 7 , − 1), B (2 , − 3 , 1) and C(4 , − 5 , 0) are
collinear.
4. Prove that the three lines drawn from a point with direction cosines
proportional to 1, − 1, 1 ; 2 , − 3, 0 and 1, 0, 3 are coplanar.
5. Show that the lines whose direction cosines are given by the equations
2l + 2m − n = 0, and mn + nl + lm = 0 are at right angles. (Kanpur 2008)
6. Prove that the acute angle between the lines whose direction cosines are
given by the relations l + m + n = 0 and l 2 + m2 − n2 = 0 is π / 3.
(Meerut 2005B, 13)
7. If l1 , m1 , n1 and l2 , m2 , n2 be the direction cosines of two mutually
perpendicular lines, show that the direction cosines of the line perpendicular
to both of them are m1 n2 − m2 n1 , n1 l2 − n2 l1 , l1 m2 − l2 m1 .
(Kumaun 2007)
8. If a variable line in two adjacent positions has direction cosines l, m, n and
l + δl, m + δm, n + δn , show that the small angle δθ between the two positions
is given by (δθ)2 = (δl)2 + (δm)2 + (δn)2 . (Avadh 2010)
9. Show that the angle between any two diagonals of a cube is cos −1 (1 / 3).
(Garhwal 2001)
10. If (l1 , m1 , n1 ), (l2 , m2 , n2 ), (l3 , m3 , n3 ) are the direction cosines of three
mutually perpendicular lines, then find the direction cosines of a line whose
direction cosines are proportional to l1 + l2 + l3 , m1 + m2 + m3 ,
n1 + n2 + n3 and prove that this line is equally inclined to the given lines.
(Kanpur 2002)
11. The direction cosines of two straight lines, inclined at an angle θ are l1 , m1 , n1
and l2 , m2 , n2 . Show that direction cosines of the bisector of the angle
l1 + l2 m1 + m2 n1 + n2
between them are , , ⋅
2 cos (θ / 2) 2 cos (θ / 2) 2 cos (θ / 2)
12. If two pairs of opposite edges of a tetrahedron are perpendicular, then prove
that the third pair is also perpendicular. (Garhwal 2003)
A nswers 2
18 2
1. cos − 1 − 10. cos −1 (1 / √ 3)
35
G-76
1. If cos α, cos β, cos γ are the direction cosines of a straight line, then
sin2 α + sin2 β + sin2 γ is equal to
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 0 (d) 3
2. Direction cosines of the line joining the point (0, 0, 0) and (1, 1, 1) are
1 1 1 1 1 1
(a) , , (b) , ,
3 3 3 3 3 3
(c) ( 3, 3, 3) (d) (3, 3, 3)
8. If the coordinates of the point A and B are (1, –1, 0) (0, 0, 1) respectively
the direction cosines of AB are
−1 −1 −1 1 1 −1
(a) , , (b) , ,
3 3 3 3 3 3
−1 1 1
(c) , , (d) none of these
3 3 3 (Kumaun 2009)
9. Direction cosines of the line joining the points (0, 0, 0) and (1, 1, 1) are
(a) (3, 3, 3) (b) ( 3, 3, 3)
1 1 1 1 1 1
(c) , , (d) , ,
3 3 3 3 3 3
(Kumaun 2011, 13)
10. If cos α , cos β , cos γ are the direction cosines of a straight line then
sin2 α + sin2 β + sin2 γ is equal to
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 0 (d) 3 (Kumaun 2014)
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
1. Two lines whose direction cosines are l1 , m1 , n1 and l2 , m2 , n2 will be
perpendicular if l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2 = 0. (Agra 2005)
2. The direction cosines of intersecting lines are 0, 0, 0.
3. If l, m, n are the direction cosines of a line the l2 + m2 + n2 = 1 .
G-78
A nswers
Multiple Choice Questions
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b)
6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (b)
True or False
1. T 2. F 3. T 4. T
¨
G-79
4
T he P lane
1 Plane
efinition: A plane is a surface such that every straight line joining any two points on
D it lies wholly on it.
Normal to a plane: A straight line which is perpendicular to every line lying in a plane is
called a normal to that plane. It is also called a line perpendicular to that plane. All
the normals to a plane are parallel lines.
The relation (4) shows that for every value of λ ≠ − 1 , the point
x1 + λx2 y1 + λy2 z1 + λz 2
, ,
1+ λ 1+ λ 1+ λ
lies on the surface (1). But these are the general coordinates of a point which
divides the join of A ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and B ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) in the ratio λ :1. Since λ may
take any real value other than − 1, every point of the straight line AB lies on the
surface (1). Hence the equation (1) represents a plane.
Subtracting (2) from (3), we get
a ( x2 − x1 ) + b ( y2 − y1 ) + c (z 2 − z1 ) = 0. …(5)
G-81
The relation (5) shows that the two lines whose direction ratios are a, b, c and
x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z 2 − z1 are perpendicular. But x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z 2 − z1 are
direction ratios of the line AB which is any line lying in the plane (1). Therefore a
line whose direction ratios are a, b, c is perpendicular to every line lying in the plane
(1) and so it is perpendicular to the plane (1). Hence a, b, c are direction ratios of
the normal to the plane (1).
Note: The number of arbitrary constants in the general equation of the
plane.
The general equation of the plane is
ax + by + cz + d = 0 or (a / d ) x + (b / d ) y + (c / d ) z = − 1.
This equation shows that there are three arbitrary constants namely a / d, b / d, c / d
in the equation of a plane. Therefore the equation of a plane can be determined to
satisfy the three conditions, each condition giving us the value of a constant.
An Important Remark: The equation of any plane passing through the origin is
ax + by + cz = 0.
d
=± …(3)
√ (a + b 2 + c 2 )
2
x y z
or + + = 1.
a b c
This is called equation of a plane in intercepts form.
The intercept made by this plane on x-axis is a, that on y-axis is b and that on z-axis
is c.
Working rule to reduce the equation of a plane Ax + By + Cz + D = 0 to
intercepts form:
Transpose the constant term to the R.H.S. and then divide both sides of the
equation by this transposed constant term to make the R.H.S. 1. Then put the
x y z
resulting equation in the form + + = 1.
a b c
Equations of coordinate planes: The equation of xy-plane is z = 0, the
equation of yz-plane is x = 0 and the equation of z x-plane is y = 0.
The condition (6) is the required condition for four given points to be coplanar.
Similarly, the equation of the plane parallel to the xz-plane and at a distance ‘b’ from it is
given by y = b.
Also the equation of the plane parallel to the xy-plane and at a distance `c ' from it is
given by z = c .
Example 1: Find the equation of the plane which cuts off intercepts 6, 3, − 4 from the axes of
co-ordinates. Reduce it to normal form and find the perpendicular distance of the plane from
the origin.
Solution: The equation of the plane which cuts off intercepts 6, 3, − 4 from the
co-ordinate axes is
x y z
+ + =1 or 2 x + 4 y − 3z = 12 . …(1)
6 3 −4
G-89
Example 3: Find the equation of the plane passing through the point (1, 2, 1) and
perpendicular to the line joining the points (1, 4, 2) and (2, 3, 5). Find also the perpendicular
distance of the origin from the plane.
Solution: The direction ratios of the line joining the points A (1, 4, 2) and
B (2, 3, 5) are 2 − 1, 3 − 4, 5 − 2 i. e., 1, − 1, 3. These are the direction ratios of the
normal to the required plane. Also the required plane passes through the point
(1, 2, 1). Hence its equation is
1 ( x − 1) − 1 ( y − 2) + 3 (z − 1) = 0
or x − y + 3z = 2.
The perpendicular distance of the origin from the plane (1)
G-90
2 2
= = ⋅
2
1 + (− 1) + 32 2 11
or θ = π / 3.
Hence the acute angle between the given planes is 60°.
Example 5: Find the equation of the plane passing through the points (1, − 1, 2) and
(2, − 2, 2) and which is perpendicular to the plane 6 x − 2 y + 2z = 9.
(Meerut 2005; 12)
Solution: The equation of any plane passing through the point (1, − 1, 2) is
a ( x − 1) + b ( y + 1) + c (z − 2) = 0. …(1)
If the plane (1) passes through the point (2, − 2, 2), then
a (2 − 1) + b (− 2 + 1) + c (2 − 2) = 0
i. e., a − b + 0c = 0 …(2)
Now we know that two planes are perpendicular if their normals are perpendicular.
Direction ratios of normal to plane (1) are a, b, c and direction ratios of normal to
the plane 6 x − 2 y + 2z = 9 are 6, − 2, 2. So if the plane (1) is perpendicular to the
plane 6 x − 2 y + 2z = 9, then 6a − 2b + 2c = 0. …(3)
Solving (2) and (3) by cross-multiplication, we have
a b c
= =
−2−0 0 −2 −2+6
a b c
or = =
−2 −2 4
a b c
or = = ⋅
1 1 −2
Putting the proportionate values of a, b, c in (1), the equation of the required plane
is
1 ( x − 1) + 1 ( y + 1) − 2 (z − 2) = 0
or x + y − 2z + 4 = 0.
Example 6: Find the equation of the plane through the point (1, 3, 2) and parallel to the
plane 3 x − 2 y + 2z + 33 = 0. Find the perpendicular distance of the point (3, 3, 2) from
this plane.
Solution: The equation of the plane through the point (1, 3, 2) and parallel to the
G-91
plane 3 x − 2 y + 2z + 33 = 0 is
3 ( x − 1) − 2 ( y − 3) + 2 (z − 2) = 0
or 3 x − 2 y + 2z − 1 = 0. …(1)
The perpendicular distance of the point (3, 3, 2) from the plane (1)
|3 (3) − 2 (3) + 2 (2) − 1| |9 − 6 + 4 − 1| 6
= = = ⋅
2 2
3 + (− 2) + 2 2 17 17
|3 (4) + 13|
=
126 [Using (1)]
25
= ⋅
3 14
Example 8: A variable plane which remains at a constant distance 3p from the origin cuts
the coordinate axes at A, B, C. Show that the locus of the centroid of triangle ABC is
x − 2 + y − 2 + z − 2 = p− 2 . (Kumaun 2001; Meerut 01, 12)
x y z
Solution: Let the equation of the variable plane be + + = 1, …(1)
a b c
where a, b, c are parameters i. e., a, b, c are variables.
The plane (1) is at a constant distance 3p from the origin i. e., the length of the
perpendicular drawn from the origin to the plane (1) is always 3p, whatever a, b, c
may be.
1
∴ = 9 p2
(1 / a)2 + (1 / b)2 + (1 / c )2
1 1 1 1
or 2
+ 2
+ 2
= ⋅ …(2)
a b c 9 p2
The plane (1) meets the coordinate axes at the points A (a, 0, 0), B (0, b, 0) and
C (0, 0, c ). Let ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) be the coordinates of the centroid of ∆ ABC.
a+0 +0 a 0 +b+0 b 0 +0 +c c
Then x1 = = , y1 = = , z1 = = ⋅
3 3 3 3 3 3
∴ a = 3 x1 , b = 3 y1 , c = 3z1 .
G-92
Comprehensive Exercise 1
11. (i) Find the equation of the plane through the points (1, − 2 , 2), (−3, 1, − 2)
and perpendicular to the plane x + 2 y − 3z = 5.
(Meerut 2009; Rohilkhand 13)
(ii ) Find the equation to the plane through the points (−1, 1, 1) and (1, − 1, 1)
and perpendicular to the plane x + 2 y + 2z = 5. (Kumaun 2009)
(iii) Find the equation of the plane through the points (1, − 2, 4) and
(3, − 4, 5) and parallel to the x-axis (i. e., perpendicular to the yz-plane).
(Kumaun 2007, 13)
(iv) Find the equation of the plane passing through (2, 3, − 4) and (1, − 1, 3)
and parallel to the x-axis. (Kumaun 2014)
12. (i) Find the angle between the planes 2 x − y + z = 11 and x + y + 2z = 3.
(Rohilkhand 2012)
(ii) Find the angle between the planes 3 x + 4 y − 5z = 3 and
2 x + 6 y + 6z = 7. (Kumaun 2007)
13. Find the distance of the point P (2, 1, − 1) from the plane x − 2 y + 4z = 9.
(Rohilkhand 2010)
14. (i) Find the distance between the parallel planes 2 x − 2 y + z + 3 = 0 and
4 x − 4 y + 2 z + 7 = 0. (Rohilkhand 2010)
(ii) Find the distance between the parallel planes 2 x − 2 y + z + 1 = 0 and
4 x − 4 y + 2z + 3 = 0. (Kumaun 2014)
15. (i) Find the equations of the planes parallel to the plane
x + 2 y − 2z + 8 = 0 which are at a distance of 2 units from the point
(2, 1, 1).
(ii) Find the equations of the planes parallel to the plane which are at a unit
distance from the point (1, 2, 3).
(iii) Find the equation of the plane that passes through the point (2, 3, 4) and
is parallel to the plane 5 x − 6 y + 7z = 3. (Kumaun 2015)
(iv) Find the equation of the plane through (0, 1, − 2) and parallel to the
plane 2 x − 3 y + 4z = 0. (Kumaun 2008)
16. A variable plane is at a constant distance p from the origin and meets the axes
in A, B and C. Show that the locus of the centroid of the triangle ABC is
x −2 + y −2 + z −2 = 9 p −2 . (Meerut 2005B, 07B, 13; Kanpur 2009,10)
17. A variable plane is at a constant distance p from the origin and meets the
coordinate axes in A, B, C . Show that the locus of the centroid of the
tetrahedron OABC is x − 2 + y − 2 + z − 2 = 16 p− 2 .
(Kanpur 2005; Agra 06; Meerut 06, 07; Avadh 13)
G-94
A nswers 1
1 2 2
1. (i) x+ y − z = 3; 3 (ii) 2 / 3, 1 / 3, 2 / 3
3 3 3
2. (i) 2 x + 3 y − z = 14 (ii) 5 x + 2 y − 3z = 17
3. (i) 4 x − 2 y − 5z = 45 (ii) ax + by + cz = a2 + b 2 + c 2
4. 3 5. 6 x − 3 y + 2z = 18
6. 6 x + y + z = 25 7. 2 x + 3 y − 3z − 5 = 0
10. 2 x − y + 3z + 4 = 0
11. (i) x + 16 y + 11z + 9 = 0 (ii) 4 x + 4 y − 6z + 6 = 0
(iii) y + 2z − 6 = 0 (iv) 7 y + 4z − 5 = 0
π π 13
12. (i) (ii) 13.
3 2 21
1 1
14. (i) (ii)
6 6
15. (i) x + 2 y − 2z + 8 = 0 ; x + 2 y − 2z + 4 = 0
(ii) x − 2 y + 2z = 0 ; x − 2 y + 2z − 6 = 0
(iii) 5 x − 6 y + 7z − 20 = 0 ; x − 2 y + 2z − 6 = 0
(iv) 2 x − 3 y + 4z + 11 = 0 ; x − 2 y + 2z − 6 = 0
Example 9: Find the equation of the plane through the line of intersection of the planes
x + 2 y + 3z + 5 = 0, x − 3 y + z + 6 = 0 and passing through the origin.
Solution: The equation of any plane passing through the line of intersection of
the planes x + 2 y + 3z + 5 = 0 and x − 3 y + z + 6 = 0 is
x + 2 y + 3z + 5 + λ ( x − 3 y + z + 6) = 0. …(1)
If the plane (1) passes through the origin (0, 0, 0), then 5 + 6λ = 0 or λ = − 5 / 6.
Putting λ = − 5 / 6 in (1), the equation of the required plane is
x + 2 y + 3z + 5 − (5 / 6) ( x − 3 y + z + 6) = 0
G-96
or 6 x + 12 y + 18z + 30 − 5 x + 15 y − 5z − 30 = 0
or x + 27 y + 13z = 0.
Example 10: Find the equation of the plane which contains the line of intersection of the
planes x + 2 y + 3z − 4 = 0 and 2 x + y − z + 5 = 0 and which is perpendicular to the
plane 5 x + 3 y − 6z + 8 = 0.
Solution: The equation of any plane passing through the line of intersection of the
planes x + 2 y + 3z − 4 = 0 and 2 x + y − z + 5 = 0 is
( x + 2 y + 3z − 4) + λ (2 x + y − z + 5) = 0 …(1)
or (1 + 2λ ) x + (2 + λ ) y + (3 − λ ) z − 4 + 5λ = 0. …(2)
If the plane (2) is perpendicular to the plane
5 x + 3 y − 6z + 8 = 0, then 5 (1 + 2λ ) + 3 (2 + λ ) − 6 (3 − λ ) = 0
or − 7 + 19λ = 0 or λ = 7 / 19.
Putting λ = 7 / 19 in (1), the required plane is
( x + 2 y + 3z − 4) + (7 / 19) (2 x + y − z + 5) = 0
or 19 x + 38 y + 57z − 76 + 14 x + 7 y − 7z + 35 = 0
or 33 x + 45 y + 50 z − 41 = 0.
Remark 1: Equation of the plane bisecting the angle in which the origin
lies.
Let the given planes be
a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 = 0 …(1)
and a2 x + b2 y + c 2 z + d2 = 0. …(2)
G-97
First write the equations (1) and (2) in such a way that the constant terms
d1 and d2 are of the same sign i. e., either both d1 and d2 are positive or both are
negative. Then the equation of the plane bisecting the angle in which the origin lies
is
a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 a x + b2 y + c 2 z + d2
=+ 2
a12 + b12 + c12 a2 2 + b2 2 + c 2 2
and the equation of the plane bisecting the angle in which the origin does not
lie is
a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 a x + b2 y + c 2 z + d2
=− 2 ⋅
a12 + b12 + c12 a2 2 + b2 2 + c 2 2
Remark 2: How to find that the angle between the given planes in which
the origin lies is acute or obtuse ?
First write the equations (1) and (2) in such a way that the constant terms
d1 and d2 are of the same sign.
If a1 a2 + b1 b2 + c1 c 2 < 0, then the angle between the planes in which the origin lies
is acute.
If a1 a2 + b1 b2 + c1 c 2 > 0, then the angle between the planes in which the origin lies
is obtuse.
Note that the angle between the two planes in which the origin lies is acute or
obtuse according as the angle between the normals to the two planes drawn from
the origin is obtuse or acute.
Remark 3: If the angle between the bisecting plane and one of the given planes is
less than 45°, then the bisecting plane will be the plane bisecting the acute angle.
Example 11: Show that the origin lies in the acute angle between the planes
x + 2 y + 2z = 9 and 4 x − 3 y + 12z + 13 = 0. Find the equation of the plane which bisects
the obtuse angle between them.
Solution: The equations of the given planes in the normal form are
1 2 2 4 3 12
x+ y + z = 3 and − x+ y− z = 1.
3 3 3 13 13 13
Therefore the direction cosines of the normals to the planes from the origin are
1 2 2 4 3 12
, , and − , ,− respectively.
3 3 3 13 13 13
If θ be the angle between these normals, then
1 4 2 3 2 12 4 6 24 22
cos θ = − + + − = − + − =− ⋅
3 13 3 13 3 13 39 39 39 39
G-98
Therefore θ is an obtuse angle and hence the angle between the planes, in which the
origin lies, is acute.
The equation of the plane which bisects the obtuse angle i. e., the angle in which the
origin does not lie is
x + 2 y + 2z − 9 − 4 x + 3 y − 12z − 13
=−
√ (1 + 4 + 4) √ (16 + 9 + 144)
x + 2 y + 2z − 9 4 x − 3 y + 12z + 13
or =
3 13
or 13 x + 26 y + 26z − 117 = 12 x − 9 y + 36z + 39
or x + 35 y − 10 z = 156.
l1 l2 0 l2 l1 0
m1 m2 0 × m2 m1 0 = 0. [Remember]
n1 n2 0 n1 n2 0
Multiplying the two determinants by row-by-row multiplication rule, we have
2 l1 l2 l1 m2 + l2 m1 l1 n2 + l2 n1
m1 l2 + m2 l1 2 m1 m2 m1 n2 + m2 n1 = 0.
n1 l2 + n2 l1 n1 m2 + n2 m1 2n1 n2
On putting the values of l1 l2 , l1 m2 + l2 m1 etc. from (2), we have
2a 2h 2g a h g
2h 2b 2 f = 0 or h b f = 0
2g 2f 2c g f c
2
or abc + 2 fgh − af − bg 2 − ch 2 = 0. …(3)
This is the required condition that the equation (1) represents a pair of planes
passing through the origin.
To find the angle between the planes: Let θ be the angle between the two
planes represented by the equation (1).
Then θ is the angle between the planes l1 x + m1 y + n1 z = 0 and
l2 x + m2 y + n2 z = 0 and so is given by
[Σ (m1 n2 − m2 n1 )2 ]1 /2
tan θ = ,
l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2
where l1 l2 + m1 m2 + n1 n2 = a + b + c
and Σ (m1 n2 − m2 n1 )2 = Σ [(m1 n2 + m2 n1 )2 − 4m1 m2 n1 n2 ]
2
= Σ (4 f − 4bc )
2
=4( f − bc ) + 4 ( g 2 − ca) + 4 (h 2 − ab),
so that [Σ (m1 n2 − m2 n1 )2 ]1 /2 = 2 √ ( f 2
+ g 2 + h 2 − bc − ca − ab).
2 √ ( f 2 + g 2 + h2 − bc − ca − ab)
∴ tan θ = …(4)
a+b+c
2
2 √ ( f + g 2 + h2 − bc − ca − ab)
or θ = tan −1 .
a+b+c
Condition of perpendicularity: The two planes given by (1) will be
1 1
perpendicular if θ = π i. e., tan θ = tan π = ∞. Hence the relation (4) gives
2 2
a + b + c = 0.
Thus, the two planes given by (1) will be perpendicular if
the coefficient of x 2 + the coefficient of y 2 + the coefficient of z 2 = 0.
G-100
21 Projection on a Plane
Recall the definitions of the projection of a point and the projection of the segment
of a line on a plane (see article 7 of chapter 3).
Similarly the projection of an area A on a given plane is defined. Let A be an area
enclosed by the curve PQR … . Let P ′ , Q ′ , R ′ , …be the feet of the perpendiculars
drawn from P, Q, R ,… to the given plane. Then the projection of the area A
enclosed by the curve PQR … on the given plane is the area A′ enclosed by the
curve P ′ Q ′ R ′ … . If θ is the angle between the plane of the area A and the plane of
projection, then A′ = A cos θ.
Now we shall discuss two theorems on the projections.
Theorem 1: Let the projections of an area A on the co-ordinate planes yz , zx and xy be
A x , A y and Az respectively, then A2 = A x 2 + A y2 + Az 2 .
Proof: Let the direction cosines of the normal to the plane of area A be l, m, n.
Also the normal to the yz-plane is x-axis whose d.c.’s are 1, 0, 0. If α be the angle
between the plane of area A and the yz-plane, then α is the angle between the
normals to these planes and so cos α = l . 1 + m . 0 + n . 0 = l.
Now the projection A x of the area A on the yz-plane is given by
A x = A cos α = Al.
Similarly we have A y = Am, Az = An.
Squaring and adding, we have
A x 2 + A y2 + Az 2 = A2 (l2 + m2 + n2 ) = A2 . 1 = A2 .
Theorem 2: The projection of a given plane area A on a given plane ξ is equal to the sum of
the projections of A x , A y and Az on the given plane ξ, where A x , A y and Az are the
projections of the area A on the co-ordinate planes viz., yz , zx and xy-planes respectively.
Proof: Let l, m, n be the d.c.’s of the normal to the plane A, and let l ′ , m ′ , n ′ be the
d.c.’s of the normal to the plane ξ. Now if θ is the angle between these two planes,
then cos θ = ll ′ + mm ′ + nn ′ . …(1)
G-102
Now let the projection of the area A on the plane ξ be A ′ ; then we have
A ′ = A cos θ or A ′ = A (ll ′ + mm ′ + nn ′ ). …(2)
Also by definition and in view of theorem 1, we have
A x = Al, A y = Am, Az = An. …(3)
From (2), we have A ′ = ( Al ) l ′ + ( Am) m ′ + ( An) n ′
= A x l ′ + A y m′ + Az n′ [using the relations (3)]
= (the projection of the area A x on the plane ξ)
+ (the projection of the area A y on the plane ξ)
+ (the projection of the area Az on the plane ξ).
Proved.
22 Area of a Triangle
To find the area of a triangle ABC the co-ordinates of whose vertices are A ( x1 , y1 , z1 ),
B ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) and C ( x3 , y3 , z 3 ).
Let l, m, n be the d.c.’s of the normal to the plane of the triangle ABC and let ∆
denote the area of this triangle.
Let A x , B x and C x be the projections of the three vertices A , B and C respectively
on the yz-plane. Clearly the co-ordinates of these points are given by
A x (0, y1 , z1 ), B x (0, y2 , z 2 ) and C x (0, y3 , z 3 ).
Let ∆ x denote the area of the triangle A x B x C x i. e., ∆ x is the area of projection of
the area ∆ on the yz-plane, so that we have
∆ x = ∆ . l. …(1)
Also by the co-ordinate geometry of two dimensions,
y1 z1 1
1
∆x = y1 z 2 1 …(2)
2
y3 z 3 1
Similarly if ∆ y and ∆ z are the areas of the projections of the area ∆ on zx and
xy-planes, then
∆ y =∆⋅m …(3)
and ∆z = ∆ ⋅ n …(4)
x1 z1 1 x1 y1 1
1 1
where ∆ y = x2 z2 1 , ∆z = x2 y2 1 ⋅
2 2
x3 z3 1 x3 y3 1
Squaring (1), (3) and (4) and adding, we get
∆ x2 + ∆ y
2
+ ∆ z 2 = ∆2 (l 2 + m2 + n2 ) = ∆2 . 1
or ∆2 = ∆ x 2 + ∆ y
2
+ ∆ z2 . …(5)
This gives area ∆ of the triangle ABC .
G-103
23 Volume of a Tetrahedron
If V is the volume of the tetrahedron A, BCD whose vertices are the points
A ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ), C ( x3 , y3 , z 3 ) and D ( x4 , y4 , z 4 ), then
x1 y1 z1 1
1 x2 y2 z 2 1
V = .
6 x3 y3 z 3 1
x4 y4 z 4 1
Particular case: If V is the volume of the tetrahedron O, ABC whose vertices are
the points O (0, 0, 0), A ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B ( x2 , y2 , z 2 ) and C ( x3 , y3 , z 3 ), then
x1 y1 z1
1
V = x2 y2 z 2 .
6
x3 y3 z 3
G-104
Comprehensive Exercise 2
1. Find the equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the
planes 2 x − 7 y + 4z = 3, 3 x − 5 y + 4 z + 11 = 0, and the point (−2 , 1, 3).
(Bundelkhand 2005)
2. Find the equation of the plane through the line of intersection of the planes
ax + by + c z + d = 0 and αx + βy + γz + δ = 0 and parallel to x-axis.
(Bundelkhand 2006, 14)
G-105
7. Find the equations of the bisector planes of the angles between the planes
3 x − 2 y + 6z + 8 = 0 and 2 x − y + 2z + 3 = 0 (Purvanchal 2010)
8. Find the equation of the plane that bisects the angle between the planes
3 x − 6 y + 2z + 5 = 0 and 4 x − 12 y + 3z = 3 which contains the origin. Is this
the plane that bisects the obtuse angle ? (Avadh 2011)
9. Find the equations of the bisectors of the angles between the planes
2 x − y − 2z − 6 = 0 and 3 x + 2 y − 6z − 12 = 0 and distinguish them.
(Purvanchal 2010)
2 2 2
10. Prove that the equation x +4y −z + 4 x y = 0 represents a pair of
planes and find the angle between them. (Rohilkhand 2008)
11. Show that the equation a b c
+ + = 0 represents a pair of
y−z z − x x− y
planes. (Gorakhpur 2006; Kanpur 06; Rohilkhand 10)
12. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices are A (1, 2 , 3), B (2 , − 1, 1) and
C (1, 2 , − 4). (Meerut 2013)
13. Find the area of the triangle included between the plane 3 x − 4 y + z = 12 and
the co-ordinate planes. (Meerut 2000; Rohilkhand 08)
A nswers 2
1. 15 x − 47 y + 28z = 7
2. (bα − aβ) y + (c α − aγ ) z + (dα − aδ) = 0
3. 33 x + 45 y + 50 z − 41 = 0
7. 5 x − y − 4z − 3 = 0, 23 x − 13 y + 32z + 45 = 0
8. 67 x − 162 y + 47z + 44 = 0
9. 5 x − 13 y + 4z − 6 = 0; 23 x − y − 32z − 78 = 0
1
10. tan −1 √ 5
2
1
12. √ (490) square units
2
13. 3 √ (26) square units
(a) α x + βy + γz = α 2 + β 2 + γ 2 (b) α x + βy + γz = 0
(c) α x + βy + γz = α 2 + β 2 + γ 2 (d) α x + βy + γz = 1
2. The angle between the planes 3 x − 4 y + 5z = 0 and 2 x − y − 2 z = 5 is
(a) π / 3 (b) π / 2
(c) π / 6 (d) π / 4
(Meerut 2009B)
3. The ratio in which the x y-plane meets the line joining the points (−3, 4, − 8)
and (5, − 6, 4) is
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 2 : 1
(c) 4 : 5 (d) none of these
(Agra 2007)
G-107
4. A plane meets the coordinate axes at A , B , C such that the centroid of the
triangle ABC is the point (a, b, c ). Then the equation of the plane ABC is
x y z x y z
(a) + + =1 (b) + + =0
a b c a b c
x y z
(c) + + =3 (d) none of these
a b c
5. If d1 and d2 are both positive and the origin lies in the acute angle between the
planes a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 = 0 and a2 x + b2 y + c 2 z + d2 = 0
then the value of a1 a2 + b1 b2 + c1 c 2 is
(a) negative (b) positive
(c) 0 (d) none of these
6. The intercept form of plane is
x y z x y z
(a) + + =1 (b) − − =1
a b c a b c
(c) ax + by + cz = 1 (d) none of these
(Bundelkhand 2005)
7. The equation of the plane parallel to x-axis is
(a) y = 0 (b) z = 0
(c) ax + d = 0 (d) by + cz + d = 0
(Kumaun 2008)
8. The angle between the plane z = 0 and x + y = 0 is
(a) 60° (b) 90°
(c) 180° (d) none of these
9. The angle between the planes 3 x − 4 y + 5z = 0 and 2 x − y − z = 5 is
π π
(a) (b)
2 3
π π
(c) (d)
4 6 (Kumaun 2011, 14)
10. The equation of the XOY plane is
(a) x = 0 (b) = 0
(c) z = 0 (d) none of these
(Kumaun 2014)
21. The bisector of the acute angle between the planes 2 x − y + 2 z + 3 = 0 and
3 x − 2 y + 6z + 8 = 0 is …… .
22. Two planes represented by ax 2 + by 2 + cz 2
+ 2 fyz + 2 gzx + 2hxy = 0
will be perpendicular if …… .
23. The areas of projections of ∆ ABC on the coordinate planes yz , zx , xy are
respectively A x , A y , Az . If A is the area of ∆ ABC, then A2 = …… .
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
A nswers
True or False
1. T 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F
¨
G-111
5
T he S traight L ine
y−β z −γ
= r, =r.
m n
x −α y−β z−γ
∴ = =
l m n
are the equations of a straight line in the
symmetrical form.
Alternative method: (By vectors).
Let P ( x , y , z ) be any point on the line AP ,
where A (α , β , γ ) is the given point.
→ → → r r
∴ AP = OP − OA = r − a = ( xi + yj + zk) − (αi + βj + γk)
= ( x − α) i + ( y − β) j + (z − γ ) k . …(1)
Since l , m, n are the direction cosines
→
of the line AP, therefore AP = r t$ ,
where AP = r and t$ is the unit
vector along AP given by
t$ = li + mj + nk .
→
∴ AP = r t$ = r (li + mj + nk). …(2)
From (1) and (2),
r r
r − a = r t$
or ( x − α) i + ( y − β) j + (z − γ ) k = r (li + mj + nk).
∴ x − α = lr , y − β = mr , z − γ = nr .
x −α y−β z−γ
Hence = = ⋅ are the required equations of the line.
a b c
Corollary 1: The equations of the straight line passing through (α , β , γ ) and
x −α y−β z−γ
having direction cosines proportional to a, b, c are = = ⋅
a b c
Corollary 2: Any point on the line. Any point P ( x , y , z ) on the line
x−α y−β z −γ
= = = r (say) is (α + lr, β + mr, γ + nr ).
l m n
Here, l, m, n are the d.c.’s of the line and r is the distance of any point P ( x , y , z ) on
the line from the given point (α , β , γ ).
Similarly any point on the line
x−α y−β z −γ
= = = r (say) is (α + ar, β + br, γ + cr ).
a b c
It should be noted here that ‘ r’ is not the actual distance of any point P ( x , y , z )
on the line from the given point (α , β , γ ).
G-113
Example 2: Find the distance of the point (2 , 3, 4) from the point where the line
x−3 y−4 z −5
= = meets the plane x + y + z = 22 .
1 2 2
Solution: Any point on the line is (3 + r , 4 + 2r , 5 + 2r).
If it also lies on the plane x + y + z = 22 , then
3 + r + 4 + 2r + 5 + 2r = 22 or 5r = 10.
∴ r =2.
Putting the value of r we get the required co-ordinates of the point as (5, 8, 9).
∴ the required distance = the distance between (2 , 3, 4) and (5, 8, 9)
= (5 − 2)2 + (8 − 3)2 + (9 − 4)2
= 9 + 25 + 25 = 59 .
Example 3: Find the distance of the point (1, 3, 4) from the plane 2 x − y + z = 3
x y z
measured parallel to the line = = ⋅ (Meerut 2007B, 08, 12)
2 −1 −1
Solution: Line through (1, 3, 4) parallel to the given line is
x −1 y−3 z −4
= = = r , (say).
2 −1 −1
Any point on this line is (1 + 2r , 3 − r , 4 − r).
If it also lies on the plane 2 x − y + z = 3, then
2 (1 + 2 r) − (3 − r) + 4 − r = 3 or 2 + 4r − 3 + r + 4 − r = 3
or 4r = 0 or r = 0.
Putting the value of r we get the co-ordinates of the point as (1, 3, 4).
Distance required = the distance between the points (1, 3, 4) and (1, 3, 4) which is
obviously zero.
Example 4: Find the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the origin to
the plane 3 x + 4 y − 6z + 1 = 0. Find also the co-ordinates of the point on the line which is at
the same distance from the foot of the perpendicular as the origin is.
(Bundelkhand 2005; Meerut 13B)
Solution: The equation of the given plane is
3 x + 4 y − 6 z + 1 = 0. …(1)
The d.r.’s of the normal to the plane (1) are 3, 4, − 6.
∴ d.r.’s of the line perpendicular to the plane (1) are
3, 4, − 6.
Hence the equations of the line passing through (0, 0, 0) and
perpendicular to the plane (1) are
x y z
= = = r (say). …(2)
3 4 −6
G-115
Comprehensive Exercise 1
x−2 y +1 z −2
1. (i) Find the point in which the line = = meets the
3 4 12
plane x − 2 y + z = 20. (Rohilkhand 2013)
(ii) Find the distance from the point (3, 4, 5) to the pont where the line
x−3 y−4 z −5
= = meets the plane x + y + z = 2.
1 2 2 (Kumaun 2009)
2. Find the coordinates of the point where the line joining the points (2, − 3, 1)
and (3, − 4, − 5) meets the plane 2 x + y + z = 7.
(Kumaun 2007; Rohilkhand 08)
3. Show that the distance of the point of intersection of the line
x−3 y−4 z −5
= = and the plane x + y + z = 17 from the point (3, 4, 5)
1 2 2
is 3.
x + 1 y − 12 z − 7
4. Find the points in which the line = = cuts the surface
−1 5 2
11x 2 − 5 y 2 + z 2 = 0. (Meerut 2004, 05, 07, 09B; Kanpur 06)
5. Find the distance of the point (1, − 2, 3) from the plane x − y + z = 5
x y z
measured along a line parallel to = = ⋅ (Kanpur 2010)
2 3 −6
6. Find the image of the point (1, 3, 4) in the plane 2 x − y + z + 3 = 0.
(Meerut 2004, 05, 06B, 07, 10; Rohilkhand 08)
G-116
7. A variable plane makes intercepts on the co-ordinate axes the sum of whose
squares is constant and equal to k 2 . Show that the locus of the foot of the
perpendicular from the origin to the plane is
( x −2 + y −2 + z −2 ) ( x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )2 = k 2 . (Garhwal 2001)
A nswers 1
1. (i) (8, 7, 26) (ii) 6 2. (1, − 2, 7)
4. (1, 2 , 3); (2 , − 3, 1) 5. 1 6. (− 3, 5, 2)
Step 2: To find the co-ordinates of a point on the line given by the equations
(1).
G-117
The co-ordinates of a point on a line can be chosen in many ways. One of these ways
is that we choose the point as the one where the line cuts the xy-plane (i. e., the plane
z = 0), provided the line is not parallel to the plane z = 0 i. e., provided
a1 b2 − a2 b1 ≠ 0. Putting z = 0 in both the equations given by (1), we get
a1 x + b1 y + d1 = 0, a2 x + b2 y + d2 = 0.
Solving these equations for x, y, we get
x y 1
= = ⋅
b1 d2 − b2 d1 d1 a2 − d2 a1 a1 b2 − a2 b1
Hence the co-ordinates of a point on the line (1), where it cuts the plane z = 0 are
b1 d2 − b2 d1 d1 a2 − d2 a1
, , 0 ⋅ …(3)
a1 b2 − a2 b1 a1 b2 − a2 b1
Hence the equations of the line in symmetrical form are
b d − b2 d1 d a − d2 a1
x− 1 2 y− 1 2
a1 b2 − a2 b1 a1 b2 − a2 b1 z −0
= = ⋅
b1 c 2 − b2 c1 c1 a2 − c 2 a1 a1 b2 − a2 b1
Note: If a1 b2 − a2 b1 = 0, then instead of taking z = 0 we should take the point
where the line cuts x = 0 plane or y = 0 plane.
where it meets the plane z = [Link] z = 0 in the equations given by (1), we have
3 x + 2 y − 4 = 0, 4 x + y + 3 = 0.
Solving these, we get
x y 1 x y 1
= = or = =
6 + 4 −16 − 9 3 − 8 10 −25 −5
giving x = − 2 , y = 5.
∴ The line meets the plane z = 0 in the point (−2 , 5, 0) and has direction ratios as
−3, 2 , − 5. Therefore the equations of the given line in symmetrical form are
x+2 y−5 z −0
= = ⋅
−3 2 −5
Comprehensive Exercise 2
4. Find the equations to the line through the point (1, 2 , 3) parallel to the line
x − y + 2z − 5 = 0 ; 3 x + y + z − 6 = 0. (Avadh 2013)
5. (i) Show that the lines 2 x + 3 y − 4z = 0, 3 x − 4 y + z = 7
and 5 x − y − 3z + 12 = 0, x − 7 y + 5z − 6 = 0 are parallel.
(ii) Show that the lines x + y − z = 5, 9 x − 5 y + z = 4 and
6 x − 8 y + 4z = 3, x + 8 y − 6z + 7 = 0 are parallel. (Kumaun 2008)
6. Show that the lines 3 x + 2 y + z = 5, x + y − 2 z = 3
and 2 x − y − z = 0, 7 x + 10 y − 8z = 15 are mutually perpendicular.
A nswers 2
x +1/ 3 y +2/3 z + 0 −1 2 −1
1. = = ; , ,
−1 2 −1 6 6 6
1 x −1 y − 2 z − 3
2. cos −1 4. = =
406 −3 5 4
Substituting this value of r in (3), we get the point of intersection of a given line and
a given plane.
x−α y−β z −γ
Example 7: Find the equation of the plane through the line = =
l m n
x−α′ y−β′ z −γ ′
and parallel to the line = = ⋅
l′ m′ n′
x−α y−β z −γ
Solution: Any plane through the line = = is
l m n
a ( x − α) + b ( y − β)) + c (z − γ ) = 0 …(1)
where al + bm + cn = 0. …(2)
G-121
x−α′ y−β′ z −γ ′
Since the plane (1) is parallel to the line = = ,therefore
l′ m′ n′
al ′ + bm ′ + cn ′ = 0. …(3)
From (2) and (3), we have
a b c
= = ⋅
mn ′ − m ′ n nl ′ − n ′ l lm ′ − l ′ m
Putting the proportionate values of a, b , c in (1), the required equation of the plane
is
(mn ′ − m ′ n) ( x − α) + (nl ′ − n ′ l ) ( y − β) + (lm ′ − l ′ m) (z − γ ) = 0.
Comprehensive Exercise 3
1. Find the equation of the plane which passes through the line of intersection
of the planes u1 ≡ a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 = 0 and
u2 ≡ a2 x + b2 y + c 2 z + d2 = 0 and is parallel to x-axis.
2. Find the equation of the plane through the line
3 x − 4 y + 5z = 10, 2 x + 2 y − 3z = 4 and parallel to the line x = 2 y = 3z .
3. Find the direction cosines of the line whose equations are x + y = 3 and
x + y + z = 0 and show that it makes an angle of 30° with the plane
y − z + 2 = 0.
G-122
4. Find the equation of the plane through the points (2 , − 1, 0), (3, − 4, 5)
and parallel to the line 3 x = 2 y = z .
5. Find the equation of the plane through (2 , 1, 4) perpendicular to the line of
intersection of the planes 3 x + 4 y + 7z + 4 = 0 and x − y + 2z + 3 = 0.
A nswers 3
1 1
1. u1 a2 = u2 a1 2. x − 20 y + 27 z = 14 3. 0, ,−
√2 √2
4. 33 x − 4 y − 9z − 70 = 0 5. 15 x + y − 7z − 3 = 0
y x − α y−β z − γ
x z
line = = is l1 m1 n1 = 0.
l2 m2 n2
l2 m2 n2
x−α y−β z −γ
The equation of any plane through the line = = is
l1 m1 n1
G-123
a ( x − α) + b ( y − β) + c (z − γ ) = 0, …(1)
where al1 + bm1 + cn1 = 0. …(2)
x y z
If it is parallel to the line = = , its normal is perpendicular to this line
l2 m2 n2
i. e., al2 + bm2 + cn2 = 0. …(3)
Eliminating a, b, c from (1), (2), (3), we get
x − α y − β z − γ
l1 m1 n1 = 0, which is the required equation.
l2 m2 n2
Example 9: Find the equation of the plane through the point (α ′ , β ′ , γ ′ ) and through the
x−α y−β z −γ
line whose equations are = = ⋅
l m n
Solution: The equations of the given line are
x−α y−β z −γ
= = ⋅ …(1)
l m n
The equation of any plane through the line (1) is
a ( x − α) + b ( y − β) + c (z − γ ) = 0 …(2)
where al + bm + cn = 0. …(3)
If the plane (2) passes through the point (α ′ , β ′ , γ ′ ), then from (2)
a (α ′ − α) + b ( β ′ − β) + c (γ ′ − γ ) = 0 …(4)
Eliminating a, b, c from(2), (4), (3), we get
x−α y−β z −γ
α ′ − α β ′ − β γ ′ − γ = 0, which is the required equation.
l m n
Example 10: Find the equation of the plane which contains the two parallel lines
x +1 y − 2 z x−3 y+4 z −1
= = and = = ⋅
3 2 1 3 2 1
Solution: The equations of the two parallel lines are
x +1 y − 2 z −0
= = …(1)
3 2 1
x−3 y + 4 z −1
and = = ⋅ …(2)
3 2 1
The equation of any plane through the line (1) is
G-124
a ( x + 1) + b ( y − 2) + cz = 0, …(3)
where 3a + 2 b + c = 0 . …(4)
The line (2) will also lie on the plane (3) if the point (3, − 4, 1) lying on the line (2)
also lies on the plane (3). Hence
a (3 + 1) + b (−4 − 2) + c . 1 = 0
or 4a − 6b + c = 0 …(5)
Solving (4) and (5), we get
a b c
= = ⋅
8 1 −26
Putting these proportional values of a, b, c in (3) the required equation of the plane
is
8 ( x + 1) + 1 . ( y − 2) − 26 z = 0
or 8 x + y − 26z + 6 = 0.
Example 11: Show that the plane through the point (α, β, γ ) and the line
x py + q rz + s
x = py + q = rz + s is given by α pβ + q r γ + s = 0.
1 1 1
(Meerut 2001; Kumaun 11)
Solution: The equations of the given line are x = py + q = rz + s,
or in symmetrical form are
x−0 y + (q / p) z + (s / r)
= = …(1)
1 1/ p 1/ r
The equation of any plane through the line (1) is
a ( x − 0) + b ( y + q / p) + c (z + s / r) = 0 …(2)
where 1 . a + (1 / p) . b + (1 / r) . c = 0. …(3)
The plane (2) will also pass through the point (α, β, γ ) if
aα + b ( β + q / p) + c (γ + s / r) = 0. …(4)
Eliminating a, b, c from the equations (2), (4) and (3), the equation of the required
plane is
x y + q/ p z + s/r x py + q rz + s
α β + q/ p γ + s/r =0 or α pβ + q rγ + s = 0.
1 1/ p 1/ r 1 1 1
[Multiplying the second and third columns by p and r respectively.]
Example 12: Find the equation of the plane through the point (2 , − 1, 1) and the line
4 x − 3 y + 5 = 0 = y − 2z − 5.
Solution: The given equations of the line are
G-125
4 x − 3 y + 5 = 0, y − 2z − 5 = 0.
The equation of any plane through the given line is
(4 x − 3 y + 5) + λ ( y − 2z − 5) = 0 …(1)
If the plane (1) passes through the point (2 , − 1, 1), we have
4 (2) − 3 (−1) + 5 + λ (−1 − 2 . 1 − 5) = 0
or 16 − 8λ = 0 or λ =2.
Putting λ = 2 in (1), the equation of the required plane is
4 x − 3 y + 5 + 2 ( y − 2z − 5) = 0 or 4 x − y − 4z = 5.
Comprehensive Exercise 4
x−2 y−3 z −4
1. Find the equations of the planes through the line = = and
2 3 5
parallel to the co-ordinate axes.
2. x −1 y+6 z +1
Prove that the equation of the plane through the line = =
3 4 2
x−2 y −1 z +4
and parallel to = = is 26 x − 11 y − 17z − 109 = 0 and
2 −3 5
show that the point (2 , 1, − 4) lies on it.
A nswers 4
1. 5 y − 3z − 3 = 0; 5 x − 2z − 2 = 0; 3 x − 2 y = 0
3. 11x − y − 3z − 35 = 0 4. 9 x − 3 y − z + 14 = 0
x y z
6. − − +1= 0
a b c
Example 13: Find the equations of the perpendicular from the point (3, − 1, 11) to the line
x y−2 z −3
= = ⋅ Find also the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular. Hence find
2 3 4
the length of the perpendicular. (Kanpur 2006; Kumaun 12)
G-128
Solution: The given point is P (3, − 1, 11) and the equations of the given line are
x−0 y−2 z −3
= = = r (say). …(1)
2 3 4
The co-ordinates of any point N on the line (1) are
(2 r, 3r + 2 , 4r + 3). …(2)
Let this point N be the foot of the perpendicular from the point P (3, − 1, 11) to the
line (1). Then the d.r.’s of the perpendicular PN are
2r − 3, (3r + 2) − (−1), (4r + 3) − 11
or 2r − 3, 3r + 3, 4r − 8. …(3)
The d.r.’s of the given line (1) are 2 , 3, 4.
Now PN is perpendicular to the line (1). The condition of perpendicularity gives
(2 r − 3) . 2 + (3r + 3) . 3 + (4r − 8) . 4 = 0,
or 29r − 29 = 0, or r = 1.
Putting the value of r in (2), the foot N of the perpendicular is the point (2 , 5, 7).
Putting the value of r in (3), the d.r.’s of PN are −1, 6, − 4.
Hence the equations of the perpendicular PN from the point P (3, − 1, 11) to the
x−3 y +1 z − 11
line (1) are = = ⋅
−1 6 −4
The length of the perpendicular PN
= the distance between the points P (3, − 1, 11) and N (2 , 5, 7)
= (3 − 2)2 + (−1 − 5)2 + (11 − 7)2
= 1 + 36 + 16 = 53.
Example 14: Find the distance of the point P (3, 8, 2) from the line
x −1 y−3 z −2
= = measured parallel to the plane 3 x + 2 y − 2 z + 17 = 0.
2 4 3
Solution: The equations of the given line are
x −1 y − 3 z −2
= = = r (say). …(1)
2 4 3
Any point Q on the line (1) is (2 r + 1, 4r + 3, 3r + 2).
Now P is the point (3, 8, 2) and hence d.r.’s of PQ are
(2 r + 1) − 3, (4r + 3) − 8, (3r + 2) − 2 i. e., 2 r − 2 , 4r − 5, 3r .
It is required to find the distance PQ measured parallel to the plane
3 x + 2 y − 2 z + 17 = 0. …(2)
Now PQ is parallel to the plane (2) and therefore PQ will be perpendicular to the
normal to the plane (2). Hence, we have
(2 r − 2) (3) + (4r − 5) (2) + (3 r) (−2) = 0
G-129
or 8r − 16 = 0, or r = 2 .
Putting the value of r , the point Q is (5, 11, 8).
∴ Required distance = The distance between P (3, 8, 2) and Q (5, 11, 8)
= (3 − 5)2 + (8 − 11)2 + (2 − 8)2 = 4 + 9 + 36 = 7.
x −1 y +1 z −3
Example 15: Find the equations of the projection of the line = = on
2 −1 4
the plane x + 2 y + z = 6. (Rohilkhand 2012)
Solution: The equations of the given line are
x −1 y +1 z −3
= = …(1)
2 −1 4
and the given plane is x + 2 y + z = 6. …(2)
The equation of any plane through the given line (1) is
a ( x − 1) + b ( y + 1) + c (z − 3) = 0 …(3)
where 2a − b + 4c = 0 …(4)
The plane (3) will be perpendicular to the plane (2), if a + 2b + c = 0 …(5)
a b c
Solving (4) and (5), we get = = ⋅
−9 2 5
Putting these proportionate values of a, b, c in (3), we have
− 9 ( x − 1) + 2 ( y + 1) + 5 (z − 3) = 0
or 9 x − 2 y − 5z + 4 = 0 …(6)
The equations (2) and (6) together are the equations of the line of projection.
Alternate Method: (Use of definition 2)
x −1 y +1 z −3
The given line is = = = r (say). …(1)
2 −1 4
Any point P on this line (1) is (2r + 1, − r − 1, 4r + 3).
If P lies on the given plane x + 2 y + z = 6, then
2r + 1 + 2 (− r − 1) + 4r + 3 = 6, or r = 1.
G-130
Putting this value of r , the point of intersection P of the line (1) and the given
plane is (3, − 2 , 7).
Now evidently the line (1) passes through the point (1, − 1, 3) and hence this is a
point on the given line (1). We are to find the foot of the perpendicular Q from
(1, − 1, 3) to the given plane.
The d.r.’s of the normal to the given plane are 1, 2 , 1and hence these are d.r.’s of the
line through (1, − 1, 3) and perpendicular to the given plane, and therefore the
x −1 y +1 z −3
equations of this perpendicular line are = = = r1 (say).
1 2 1
Any point on it is (r1 + 1, 2 r1 − 1, r1 + 3).
If this be the point Q, then it will lie on the given plane x + 2 y + z = 6. So we have
r1 + 1 + 2 (2 r1 − 1) + r1 + 3 = 6 or r1 = 2 / 3.
Putting this value of r1 , the foot of the perpendicular Q is (5 / 3, 1 / 3, 11 / 3).
∴ the required equations of the projection i. e., the equations of the line PQ joining
5 1 11
the points P (3, − 2 , 7) and Q , , are
3 3 3
x−3 y+2 z −7 x−3 y+2 z −7
= = or = = ⋅
5 1 11 4 −7 10
3− −2 − 7−
3 3 3
Comprehensive Exercise 5
1. Find the equations of the perpendicular from the point (1, 6, 3) to the line
x y −1 z −2
= = ⋅ Find also the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular.
1 2 3
(Kanpur 2011)
2. Find the equations of the perpendicular from the origin to the line
ax + by + cz + d = 0 = a ′ x + b ′ y + c ′ z + d ′ = 0.
x y z
3. The equations to AB referred to rectangular axes are = = ⋅
2 −3 6
Through a point P (1, 2 , 5), PN is drawn perpendicular to AB and PQ is
drawn parallel to the plane 3 x + 4 y + 5z = 0 to meet AB in Q. Find the
equations to PN and PQ and the co-ordinates of N and Q.
A nswers 5
1. x − 1 = 0, 2 y + 3z = 21; (1, 3, 5)
2. (ad ′ − a ′ d ) x + (bd ′ − b ′ d ) y + (cd ′ − c ′ d ) z = 0 and
(bc ′ − b ′ dc ) x + (ca ′ − c ′ a ) y + (ab ′ − a ′ b ) z = 0
G-131
x −1 y−2
z − 5 x −1 y − 2 z − 5
3. = ;
= = = ;
3 −176 −89 4 −13 −8
52 − 78 156
N , , ; Q (3, − 9 / 2,9)
49 49 49
9 Coplanar Lines
To find the condition that two given lines may intersect and to obtain the equation of the plane
containing them. (Kumaun 2000)
Let the equations to the given lines be
x−α y−β z −γ
= = …(1)
l m n
x−α′ y−β′ z −γ ′
and = = ⋅
l′ m′ n′ …(2)
If the lines intersect, they lie in a plane. Any plane through the line (1) is
a ( x − α) + b ( y − β) + c (z − γ ) = 0 …(3)
where al + bm + cn = 0. …(4)
If the plane (3) contains the line (2), then
a (α ′ − α) + b ( β ′ − β) + c (γ ′ − γ ) = 0 …(5)
and al ′ + bm ′ + cn ′ = 0 …(6)
Eliminating a, b and c between (4), (5) and (6), the condition for lines (1) and (2) to
α ′ − α β ′ − β γ ′ − γ
be coplanar is given by l m n = 0.
l′ m′ n′
Also eliminating a, b and c between (3), (4) and (6), we get the equation to the plane
x−α y−β z −γ
containing the given lines as λ m n = 0.
l′ m′ n′
Another Method: Any point on the line (1) is (α + lr , β + mr, γ + nr) and any
point on the line (2) is (α ′ + l ′ r ′ , β ′ + m′ r ′ , γ ′ + n ′ r ′ ).
If the lines are coplanar i. e., they intersect, then they must have a common point.
Therefore α + lr = α ′ + l ′ r ′ or α − α ′ + lr − l ′ r ′ = 0
β − β ′ + mr − m ′ r ′ = 0, and γ − γ ′ + nr − n ′ r ′ = 0.
Eliminating r and r ′, we have
α − α ′ l l ′ α ′ − α β′−β γ ′ − γ
β − β ′ m m ′ = 0 or l m n = 0.
γ − γ ′ n n ′ l′ m′ n′
G-132
If the line (1) lies in this plane, then the point (α, β, γ ) on the line (1) must satisfy (5)
and so the condition for the lines (1) and (2) to be coplanar is
a1α + b1β + c1 γ + d1 a α + b2 β + c 2 γ + d2
= 2 ⋅
a l+b m+c n a l+b m+c n …(6)
1 1 1 2 2 2
If the condition (6) is satisfied, the lines (1) and (2) are intersecting (or coplanar)
and the plane containing both the lines is given by the equation (5).
The co-ordinates of this point must satisfy the equations of the four planes
representing the two lines.
∴ we have
a1α + b1β + c1 γ + d1 = 0, a2 α + b2 β + c 2 γ + d2 = 0,
a3 α + b3 β + c 3 γ + d3 = 0 and a4 α + b4 β + c 4 γ + d4 = 0.
Eliminating α, β, γ from these we have the required condition as
a1 b1 c1 d1
a2 b2 c2 d2
= 0.
a b3 c3 d3
3
a4 b4 c4 d4
Note: In numerical examples it is convenient to solve after transforming the
given equations (general form) into the symmetrical form.
x +1 y−3 z +2 x y−7 z +7
Example 16: Show that the lines = = and = =
−3 2 1 1 −3 2
[Link] the co-ordinates of the point of intersection and the equation to the plane
containing them. (Kanpur 2009; Kumaun 09, 13; Rohilkhand 09, 11)
x +1 y − 3 z +2
Solution: Any point on the line = = = r1 (say)
−3 2 1
is (−1 − 3r1 , 3 + 2 r1 , − 2 + r1 ) …(1)
x y−7 z +7
and any point on the line = = = r2 (say)
1 −3 2
is (r2 , 7 − 3r2 , − 7 + 2 r2 ) …(2)
If the two given lines intersect (i. e., are coplanar) then for some values of r1 and r2
the above two points (1) and (2) must coincide i. e.,
−3r1 − 1 = r2 , or 3r1 + r2 = − 1 …(3)
2 r1 + 3 = − 3r2 + 7 or 2 r1 + 3r2 = 4 …(4)
and r1 − 2 = 2 r2 − 7 or r1 − 2 r2 = − 5 …(5)
Solving (3) and (4), we get
r1 = − 1, r2 = 2 .
These values of r1 and r2 also satisfy the third equation (5).
Hence the given lines intersect.
Substituting these values of r1 and r2 in (1) or (2), we get the required co-ordinates
of the point of intersection as (2 , 1, − 3).
Also the equation of the plane containing the given lines is
G-134
x +1 y −3 z +2
−3 2 1 =0
1 −3 2
or ( x + 1) (4 + 3) − ( y − 3) (−6 − 1) + (z + 2) (9 − 2) = 0
or x + y + z = 0.
Solution: We observe that all the three given lines pass through the origin O and
hence they will be co-planar if they are perpendicular to a line through the origin O.
Let d.c.’s of this line through the origin O be l1 , m1 , n1 .
Hence if this line is perpendicular to the given lines, we have
l1α + m1β + n1 γ = 0 …(1)
l1 l + m1 m + n1 n = 0 …(2)
l1 aα + m1 bβ + n1 cγ = 0 …(3)
Eliminating l1 , m1 , n1 from (1), (2) and (3) we have the required condition as
α β γ 1 1 1
l m n = 0 or l / α m /β n / γ = 0
aα bβ cγ a b c
or − (l / α) (c − b) + (m / β) (c − a) − (n / γ ) (b − a) = 0,
expanding the determinant with respect to the second row
l m n
or (b − c ) + (c − a) + (a − b) = 0.
α β γ
x −1 y−2 z −3
Example 18: Show that the lines = = and
2 3 4
4 x − 3 y + 1 = 0 = 5 x − 3z + 2
are coplanar. Also find their point of intersection.
(Bundelkhand 2014; Rohilkhand 10)
Solution: The equations of the given lines are
x −1 y − 2 z −3
= = = r (say) …(1)
2 3 4
and 4 x − 3 y + 1 = 0, 5 x − 3z + 2 = 0. …(2)
The coordinates of any point on the line (1) are
G-135
Comprehensive Exercise 6
x −1 y −1 z −1 x −4 y −6 z −8
(ii) Show that the lines = = and = = are
1 2 3 2 3 4
coplanar. (Kumaun 2009, 14)
x y z x y z
6. Prove that the lines = = ; = =
l1 m1 n1 l2 m2 n2
l1 m1 n1
x y z
and = = will be co-planar if l2 m2 n2 = 0.
l3 m3 n3
l3 m3 n3
A nswers 6
1. 6x − 5 y − z = 0 2. (−1, − 1, − 1;
) x−2 y+z =0
3. x − 2 y + z + 7 = 0; (2, 6, 3)
x y z
4. (a + a ′ , b + b ′ , c + c ′ ); a b c = 0 5. (5 , −7, 6)
a ′ b′ c ′
8. (i) 45 (−4) − 17 (−6) + 25 (1) + 53 = 0; (2 , 4, − 3)
(ii) x + 2 y + 3z = 2 (iii) (9, − 6, 1)
G-137
9. (m − n) x + (n − l ) y + (l − m) z = 0
10. Foot N (9, 13, 15); Length of the perpendicular from (5, 7, 3) is 14.
x−5 y−7 z −3
Equation of the perpendicular are = = ;
2 3 6
Equation of the required plane 9 x − 4 y − z − 14 = 0.
x − α2 y − β2 z − γ2
and = = = r2 (say).
l2 m2 n2 …(2)
x−5 y−7 z +2
= = = r1 (say), …(1)
3 −1 1
x+3 y−3 z −6
and = = = r2 (say). …(2)
−3 2 4
Any point P on (1) is (3r1 + 5, − r1 + 7, r1 − 2),
and any point Q on (2) is (−3r2 − 3, 2r2 + 3, 4r2 + 6).
The direction ratios of QP are
(3r1 + 3r2 + 8, − r1 − 2r2 + 4, r1 − 4r2 − 8). …(3)
Let the line with d.r.’s 2 , 7, − 5 meet the lines (1) and (2) in the points P and Q
respectively. Then the d.r.’s (2 , 7, − 5) will be proportional to the d.r.’s given by (3).
3r1 + 3r2 + 8 − r1 − 2r2 + 4 r1 − 4r2 − 8
∴ = = ⋅ …(4)
2 7 −5
From the first two of (4), we get 7 (3r1 + 3r2 + 8) = 2 (− r1 − 2 r2 + 4)
or 23r1 + 25r2 + 48 = 0. …(5)
And from the 1st and 3rd of (4), we get 2 (r1 − 4r2 − 8) = − 5 (3r1 + 3r2 + 8)
or 17r1 + 7r2 + 24 = 0. …(6)
Solving (5) and (6), we get r1 = r2 = − 1.
Putting these values of r1 and r2 the co-ordinates of the points of intersection are
P (2 , 8, − 3) and Q (0, 1, 2).
The required length intercepted by the lines (1) and (2) on the line with d.r.’s
2 , 7, − 5
= PQ = (2 − 0)2 + (8 − 1)2 + (−3 − 2)2
= 4 + 49 + 25 = 78 .
x−2 y−8 z +3
Note: The equations of the line PQ are given by = = ⋅
2 7 −5
Example 20: Find the equations of the straight line through the origin and cutting each of
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
the lines = = and = = ⋅
l1 m1 n1 l2 m2 n2
(Agra 2007)
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
Solution: Equation of any plane through the first line = =
l1 m1 n1
is a ( x − x1 ) + b ( y − y1 ) + c (z − z1 ) = 0, …(1)
where al1 + bm1 + cn1 = 0. …(2)
If the plane (1) passes through the origin (0, 0, 0), then from (1)
ax1 + by1 + c z1 = 0. …(3)
Eliminating a, b, c from (1), (3) and (2), the equation of the plane through the
origin and through the first line is
G-139
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
x1 y1 z1 = 0.
l1 m1 n1
Adding the second row to the first row, we get
x y z
x1 y1 z1 = 0
l1 m1 n1
or (n1 y1 − m1 z1 ) x + (l1 z1 − n1 x1 ) y + (m1 x1 − l1 y1 ) z = 0. …(4)
Similarly the plane through the origin and through the second line is
x y z
x2 y2 z 2 = 0
l2 m2 n2
or (n2 y2 − m2 z 2 ) x + (l2 z 2 − n2 x2 ) y + (m2 x2 − l2 y2 ) z = 0. …(5)
The planes (4) and (5) together give the required line.
Comprehensive Exercise 7
1. Find the equations to the planes through the point (1, 0, − 1) and the lines
4 x − y − 13 = 0 = 3 y − 4z − 1 and y − 2z + 2 = 0 = x − 5 and show that
the equations to the line through the given point which intersects the two
given lines can be written as x = y + 1 = z + 2 .
2. Find the equations to the straight line drawn from the origin to intersect the
lines 2 x + 5 y + 3z − 4 = 0 = x − y − 5z − 6 and
3 x − y + 2z − 1 = 0 = x + 2 y − z − 2 .
1
3. Find the equations to the line drawn parallel to x = y = z , so as to
4
meet the lines 5 x − 6 = 4 y + 3 = z and 2 x − 4 = 3 y + 5 = z .
4. A line with direction cosines proportional to 2 , 1, 2 meets each of the lines
given by the equations x = y + a = z , x + a = 2 y = 2z .
Find the co-ordinates of each of the points of intersection.
5. Find the equations to the line intersecting the lines
x − 1 = y = z − 1, 2 x + 2 = 2 y = z + 1
1 1
and parallel to the line ( x − 1) = ( y − 1) = (z − 2).
2 3
6. Find the equations to the straight line drawn through the origin which will
intersect both the lines
x −1 y + 3 z − 5 x−4 y + 3 z − 14
= = and = = ⋅
1 4 3 2 3 4
G-140
A nswers 7
1. x + 2 y − 3z − 4 = 0 and x + y − 2z − 3 = 0
2. 4 x + 17 y + 19z = 0 and 5 x − 4 y + 5z = 0
3. 15 x − 76 y + 16z − 75 = 0 and 4 x − 21 y + 5z − 43 = 0
1 1
4. (3a, 2a, 3a); (a, a, a) 5. ( x − 1) = y = (z − 1)
2 3
6. 9 x − 2 y − 3z = 0
Note: In the equations (1) of the line AB , l, m, n have been taken as the actual
direction cosines of the line. In case direction ratios a, b, c of AB are given, we
should either first find the direction cosines of AB or we should divide the R.H.S. of
(5) by (a2 + b 2 + c 2 ).
To find the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular N.
Since N, the foot of the perpendicular, is a point on the line AB given by (1), its
co-ordinates may be written as
(lr + α , mr + β , nr + γ ). …(6)
The d.r.’s of PN are lr + α − x1 , mr + β − y1 , nr + γ − z1 .
Also PN is perpendicular to AB .
∴ (lr + α − x1 ) . l + (mr + β − y1 ) . m + (nr + γ − z1 ) . n = 0
or r (l 2 + m2 + n2 ) = l ( x1 − α) + m ( y1 − β) + n (z1 − γ )
or r = l ( x1 − α) + m ( y1 − β) + n (z1 − γ ) [ ∵ l 2 + m2 + n2 = 1]
Putting this value of r in (6) the co-ordinates of N are obtained.
Example 21: From the point P (1, 2 , 3), PN is drawn perpendicular to the straight line
1 / 3 ( x − 2) = 1 / 4 ( y − 3) = 1 / 5 (z − 4).
Find the distance PN, the equations to PN and co-ordinates of N.
Solution: The equations of the given line AB (say) are
( x − 2) / 3 = ( y − 3) / 4 = (z − 4) / 5 = r (say) …(1)
The line (1) is passing through the point A (2 , 3, 4). Since N , the foot of the
perpendicular, is a point on the line (1) [i. e., AB ], the co-ordinates of N may be
written as (3r + 2 , 4r + 3, 5r + 4) …(2)
∴ d.r.’s of PN are
3r + 2 − 1, 4r + 3 − 2 , 5r + 4 − 3 i. e., are 3r + 1, 4r + 1, 5r + 1. …(3)
The d.r.’s of the line AB whose equations are given by (1), are 3, 4, 5.
Since PN is perpendicular to AB , we have
G-142
Comprehensive Exercise 8
1. Find the distance of (−2 , 1, 5) from the line through (2 , 3, 5) whose direction
cosines are proportional to 2 , − 3, 6.
2. Prove that the equations of the perpendicular from the point (1, 6, 3) to the
y −1 z −2 x −1 y − 6 z −3
line x = = are = = and the co-ordinates of
2 3 0 −3 2
the foot of the perpendicular are (1, 3, 5).
3. How far is the point (4 , 1, 1) from the line of intersection of
x + y + z −4 =0 = x −2y − z −4?
4. Find the length of the perpendicular drawn from origin to the line
x + 2 y + 3z + 4 = 0 = 2 x + 3 y + 4z + 5. Also find the equations of this
perpendicular and the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular.
A nswers 8
4 61 3 √ (42)
1. 3.
7 14
x y z √ (21)
4. (2 / 3, − 1 / 3, − 4 / 3) ; = = ;
2 −1 −4 3
other and no two of them coincide. In this case the three given planes form a
triangular prism.
Case III: The three lines of intersection explained above may intersect in a
common point. In this case the three planes intersect in a point.
Before proceeding to prove the actual theorem, for convenience, we make use of
some notations given as follows :
Consider the matrix (or a rectangular array)
a1 b1 c1 d1
D = a2 b2 c2 d2 …(i)
a3 b3 c3 d3
Let the determinant obtained by omitting the first column in (i) be denoted by ∆1
b1 c1 d1
i. e., we put ∆1 = b2 c2 d2 ⋅
b3 c3 d3
Similarly, the determinants obtained by omitting the second, third and fourth
columns will be denoted respectively by ∆ 2 , ∆ 3 and ∆ 4 . Thus we put
a1 c1 d1 a1 b1 d1 a1 b1 c1
∆ 2 = a2 c2
d2 , ∆ 3 = a2 b2
d2 , ∆ 4 = a2 b2 c2 ⋅
a3 c3 d3 a3 b3 d3 a3 b3 c3
The symmetrical form of the line of intersection of the planes (1) and (2) is
b d − b2 d1 d a − d2 a1
x− 1 2 y− 1 2
a1 b2 − a2 b1 a1 b2 − a2 b1 z −0
= = , …(4)
b1 c 2 − b2 c1 c1 a2 − c 2 a1 a1 b2 − a2 b1
where a1 b2 − a2 b1 ≠ 0.
Now we shall discuss the three cases given above in detail as follows :
Case I: The three planes intersect in a common line:
The equation of any plane through the line of intersection of the planes (1) and (2)
is given by u1 + λu2 = 0
or (a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 ) + λ (a2 x + b2 y + c 2 z + d2 ) = 0
or (a1 + λa2 ) x + (b1 + λb2 ) y + (c1 + λc 2 ) z + (d1 + λd2 ) = 0. …(5)
If the three given planes intersect in a common line, then for some value of λ the
plane (5) should represent the plane (3). Thus comparing the coefficients in the
equations (5) and (3), we have
a1 + λa2 b + λb2 c + λc 2 d + λd2
= 1 = 1 = 1 = µ (say).
a3 b3 c3 d3
∴ a1 + λ a2 − µa3 = 0, b1 + λb2 − µb3 = 0, c1 + λc 2 − µc 3 = 0,
and d1 + λd2 − µd3 = 0.
G-145
Now we are to eliminate two arbitrary constants λ and µ and this can be done from
any three out of the four equations given above. Hence eliminating λ and µ from
any three equations taken at a time out of these four equations, we have the
a1 b1 c1 a1 b1 d1
conditions as a2 b2 c 2 = 0 i. e., ∆ 4 = 0, a2 b2 d2 = 0 i. e., ∆ 3 = 0
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3 d3
a1 c1 d1 b1 c1 d1
a2 c2 d2 = 0 i. e., ∆ 2 = 0, b2 c2 d2 = 0 i. e., ∆1 = 0.
a3 c3 d3 b3 c3 d3
Hence the three planes (1), (2) and (3) will have a common line of
intersection if ∆ 4 = 0, ∆ 3 = 0, ∆ 2 = 0 and ∆1 = 0.
Case II: The three planes form a triangular prism:
The three planes will form a triangular prism if the line of intersection of any two
planes is parallel to the third plane and does not lie in it.
The line of intersection of the planes (1) and (2) is given by (4). The line (4) will be
parallel to the plane (3) if
a3 (b1 c 2 − b2 c1 ) + b3 (c1 a2 − c 2 a1 ) + c 3 (a1 b2 − a2 b1 ) = 0
a1 b1 c1
i. e., a2 b2 c 2 = 0 i. e., ∆ 4 = 0.
a3 b3 c 3
The line (1) will not lie in the plane (3) if
b d − b2 d1 d1 a2 − d2 a1
a3 1 2 + b3 + c 3 . 0 + d3 ≠ 0
a1 b2 − a2 b1 a1 b2 − a2 b1
i. e., a3 (b1 d2 − b2 d1 ) + b3 (d1 a2 − d2 a1 ) + d3 (a1 b2 − a2 b1 ) ≠ 0
a1 b1 d1
i. e., a2 b2 d2 ≠ 0 i. e., ∆ 3 ≠ 0.
a3 b3 d3
Hence the three planes will form a triangular prism if
∆ 4 = 0 and ∆ 3 ≠ 0 or ∆ 2 ≠ 0 or ∆1 ≠ 0 .
Case III: The three planes intersect in a point:
The three planes will intersect in a point if the line of intersection of the planes (1)
and (2) given by (4), is neither parallel to nor lie in the plane (3). Rather than the
line (4) must meet the plane (3) in a point.
Thus the condition that the three planes meet in a point is that ∆ 4 ≠ 0.
Alternative method: Solving the equations (1), (2) and (3) by the method of
determinants [This method is called Cramer’s Rule], we have
G-146
x −y z −1
= = =
b1 c1 d1 a1 c1 d1 a1 b1 d1 a1 b1 c1
b2 c2 d2 a2 c2 d2 a2 b2 d2 a2 b2 c2
b3 c3 d3 a3 c3 d3 a3 b3 d3 a3 b3 c3
x −y z −1 ∆ ∆ ∆
or = = = or x = − 1 , y = 2 , z = − 3 ⋅ …(6)
∆1 ∆2 ∆3 ∆4 ∆4 ∆4 ∆4
Hence the three planes will intersect in the point whose coordinates are given by
(6) if ∆ 4 ≠ 0.
Working Rule: Let the three planes be given by the equations (1), (2) and (3).
Now proceed as follows :
(1) First evaluate ∆ 4 . If ∆ 4 ≠ 0, then the three planes intersect in a point whose
co-ordinates are given by the relations (6) above.
(2) If ∆ 4 = 0, then evaluate ∆ 3 , ∆ 2 and ∆ 1 .
(i) If ∆ 3 ≠ 0 (or ∆ 1 ≠ 0 or ∆ 2 ≠ 0), then the three planes form a triangular
prism.
(ii) If ∆ 3 = 0, ∆ 2 = 0 and ∆ 1 = 0, then the three planes intersect in a
common line.
Remark: If ∆ 4 = 0 and ∆ 3 = 0 and at least one of the three common minors
a1 b2 − a2 b1 , a2 b3 − a3 b2 and a1 b3 − a3 b1 of ∆ 4 and ∆ 3 is not zero, then it can be
proved algebraically that ∆ 2 = 0 and ∆1 = 0. Consequently in this case the three
planes will have a common line of intersection.
Example 23: Find the nature of the intersection of the sets of planes :
(i) x − 2 y + 2 z = 3, 2 x + 3 y − z = 5, 3 x − 4 y + 5z = 10 ;
(ii) 2 x + 4 y + 2 z = 7, 5 x + y − z = 9, x − y − z = 6 ;
(iii) x + 2 y + z = 0, 3 x + y − 2 z = 1, 3 x − 4 y − 7z = 2 .
Solution: (i) The equations of the given planes are
x −2y +2 z −3 =0 …(1)
2x + 3 y − z − 5 = 0 …(2)
3 x − 4 y + 5z − 10 = 0. …(3)
The rectangular array of coefficients is
1 −2 2 −3
D = 2 3 −1 −5 . …(4)
3 −4 5 −10
G-147
1 2 1 0
D= 3 1 −2 −1 …(4)
3 −4 −7 −2
Omitting the fourth column from (4), we have
1 2 1
∆4 = 3 1 −2 ⋅
3 −4 −7
Expanding this determinant along the first row, we have
∆ 4 = 1 (− 7 − 8) − 2 [− 21 − (− 6)] + 1 (− 12 − 3)
= − 15 + 30 − 15 = 0.
Since ∆ 4 = 0, therefore the three planes either intersect in a line or form a
triangular prism.
Now omitting the third column from (4), we have
1 2 0
∆ 3 = 3 1 −1
3 −4 −2
= 1 (− 2 − 4) − 2 [− 6 − (− 3)] + 0 = − 6 + 6 = 0.
Similarly, we find that
1 1 0 2 1 0
∆ 2 = 3 −2 −1 = 0 and ∆1 = 1 −2 −1 = 0.
3 −7 −2 −4 −7 −2
Hence the given three planes intersect in a line.
Comprehensive Exercise 9
A nswers 9
1. (i) The planes intersect at a point
(ii) The planes have a common line of intersection
(iii) The planes form a triangular prism
(iv) The planes have a common line of intersection
2. (i) The planes form a triangular prism
(ii) The planes have a common line of intersection
(iii) The planes intersect at a point
(iv) The plane (3) and (1) are parallel, and the plane (2) intersects them
x y z
3. = =
−59 5 −19
mn ′ − m′ n nl ′ − n ′ l
∴ λ = 2
, µ= ,
√ { Σ (mn ′ − m′ n) } √ { Σ (mn ′ − m′ n)2 }
lm′ − l ′ m
ν= ⋅
√ { Σ (mn ′ − m′ n)2 }
If P (α, β, γ ) is any point on the line (1) and Q (α ′ , β ′ , γ ′ ) is any point on the line
(2), then the S.D. will be the projection of the line PQ joining these points on the
line whose d.c.’s are λ , µ , ν.
G-151
∴ S.D. = (α − α ′ ) λ + ( β − β ′ ) µ + (γ − γ ′ ) ν
(α − α ′ ) (mn ′ − m′ n) + ( β − β ′ ) (nl ′ − n ′ l) + (γ − γ ′ ) (lm′ − l ′ m)
=
√ {Σ (mn ′ − m′ n)2 }
α − α ′ β−β′ γ − γ ′
= l m n √ { Σ (mn ′ − m′ n)2 }.
l′ m′ n′
Equation of the plane containing the line (1) and the S.D. is
x − α y − β z − γ
l m n = 0 …(3)
λ µ ν
Equation of the plane containing the line (2) and the S.D. is
x − α ′ y − β ′ z − γ ′
l′ m′ n ′ = 0 …(4)
λ µ ν
Equations (3) and (4) taken together will represent the equations of the line of
shortest distance.
Note: If the lines are coplanar, the S.D. between them is zero.
α − α ′ β − β ′ γ − γ ′
Then l m n = 0.
l′ m′ n′
Or Two lines are coplanar if the shortest distance between them is zero.
2 l + 3m + 4n = 0 ; 3l + 4m + 5n = 0.
Solving these, we get
l m n
= =
15 − 16 12 − 10 8 − 9
l m n l 2 + m2 + n2 1
or = = = = ⋅
−1 2 −1 2 2
(−1) + (2) + (−1) 2 6
−1 2 −1
∴ The d.c.’s of S.D. are , , ⋅
6 6 6
Now A (1, 2 , 3) is a point on the line (1) and B (2 , 4, 5) is a point on the line (2).
The length of S.D.
= the projection of join of A and B on the line whose d.c.’s are
−1 2 −1
, ,
6 6 6
1 2 1 1
=− (2 − 1) + (4 − 2) − (5 − 3) = ⋅
6 6 6 6
The equations of S.D.
The equation of the plane through the line (1) and S.D. is
x − 1 y − 2 z − 3
2 3 4 = 0 or 11x + 2 y − 7z + 6 = 0 …(3)
−1 2 −1
And the equation of the plane through the line (2) and the S.D. is
x − 2 y − 4 z − 5
3 4 5 = 0 or 7 x + y − 5z + 7 = 0 …(4)
−1 2 −1
∴ From equations (3) and (4) the equations of the S.D. are
11x + 2 y − 7z + 6 = 0, 7 x + y − 5z + 7 = 0.
Method 2: Any point P on the line (1) is (2 r1 + 1, 3r1 + 2 , 4r1 + 3), …(3)
and any point Q on the line (2) is (3r2 + 2 , 4r2 + 4, 5r2 + 5). …(4)
The d.r.’s of the line PQ are
(3r2 + 2) − (2 r1 + 1), (4r2 + 4) − (3r1 + 2), (5r2 + 5) − (4r1 + 3)
or 3r2 − 2 r1 + 1, 4r2 − 3r1 + 2 , 5r2 − 4r1 + 2 . …(5)
If PQ is the line of shortest distance, then PQ is perpendicular to both the given
lines (1) and (2) and, therefore, we have
2 (3r2 − 2 r1 + 1) + 3 (4r2 − 3r1 + 2) + 4 (5r2 − 4r1 + 2) = 0
and 3 (3r2 − 2 r1 + 1) + 4 (4r2 − 3r1 + 2) + 5 (5r2 − 4r1 + 2) = 0
or 38 r2 − 29 r1 + 16 = 0 and 50 r2 − 38 r1 + 21 = 0.
Solving these equations, we get r1 = 1 / 3, r2 = − 1 / 6.
G-155
Substituting the values of r1 and r2 in (3), (4) and (5), we have the co-ordinates of P
5 13 3 10 25
and Q as P , 3 , , Q , ,
3 3 2 3 6
1 1 1
and the d.r.’s of the line of shortest distance PQ as − , , − i. e., −1, 2 , − 1.
6 3 6
∴ the length of S.D. = the distance between the points P and Q
3 5 2 10 2 2
+ 25 − 13
= − + − 3
3 6 3
2 3
1 2 1 2 1 2 1
= − + + − = ⋅
6 3
6 6
The equations of S.D. are either given by equations (3) and (4) of method 1 above
or we can write the equations of a line passing through the point P and having d.r.’s
−1, 2 , − 1.
and the d.r.’s of the line of shortest distance PQ are −6, − 15, 3 or −2 , − 5, 1.
The length of S.D. = the distance between the points P and Q
= (−3 − 3)2 + (−7 − 8)2 + (6 − 3)2 = 3 30 .
Also the line of shortest distance PQ is the line passing through P (3, 8, 3) and
having d.r.’s −2 , − 5, 1.
So its equations are given by
x−3 y−8 z −3 x−3 y−8 z −3
= = or = = ⋅
−2 −5 1 2 5 −1
Example 26: Find the length and position of the shortest distance between the lines
x y +1 z −2
= = , 5 x − 2 y − 3z + 6 = 0 = x − 3 y + 2z − 3.
4 3 2
(Meerut 2005, 09B; Rohilkhand 13)
Solution: The equations of the given lines are
x y +1 z −2
= = …(1)
4 3 2
and 5 x − 2 y − 3z + 6 = 0, x − 3 y + 2 z − 3 = 0. …(2)
The equation of any plane through the line (2) is
(5 x − 2 y − 3z + 6) + λ ( x − 3 y + 2 z − 3) = 0
or (5 + λ ) x + (−2 − 3λ ) y + (−3 + 2) z + (6 − 3λ ) = 0. …(3)
If the plane (3) is parallel to the line (1), then the normal to the plane (3) will be
perpendicular to the line (1) and so we have
4 (5 + λ ) + 3 (−2 − 3λ ) + 2 (− 3 + 2 λ ) = 0 or λ = 8.
Putting this value of λ in (3), the equation of the plane through the line (2) and
parallel to the line (1) is given by
13 x − 26 y + 13z − 18 = 0. …(4)
Clearly, A (0, − 1, 2) is a point on the line (1).
∴ Length of the shortest distance
= The length of perpendicular from the point A (0, − 1, 2) to the plane (4)
13 . 0 − 26 . (−1) + 13 (2) − 18 34 17 √ 6
= 2 2 2
= = ⋅
√ {(13) + (−26) + (13) } 13 √ 6 39
The position of S.D. i.e., the equations of shortest distance.
The equation of the plane through the line (1) and perpendicular to the plane (4) is
given by
x y + 1 z − 2 x y + 1 z − 2
4 3 2 = 0 or 134 3 2 = 0
13 −26 13 1 −2 1
or x (3 + 4) − ( y + 1) (4 − 2) + (z − 2) (− 8 − 3) = 0
G-157
or 7 x − 2 y − 11z + 20 = 0. …(5)
Again if the plane (3) which is any plane through the line (2) is perpendicular to the
plane (4), we have
2
13 (5 + λ ) − 26 (− 2 − 3λ ) + 13 (− 3 + 2 λ ) = 0 or λ = − ⋅
3
Putting this value of λ i. e., λ = − 2 / 3 in (3), the equation of the plane through the
line (2) and perpendicular to the plane (4) is given by
13 x − 13z + 24 = 0 …(6)
∴ The equations (5) and (6) together are the required equations of the S.D.
Example 27: Find the length and equations of the shortest distance between
3 x − 9 y + 5z = 0 = x + y − z
and 6 x + 8 y + 3z − 13 = 0 = x + 2 y + z − 3.
Solution: Here we shall use method IV of article 17.
The equations of the planes through the given lines are
(3 x − 9 y + 5z ) + λ 1 ( x + y − z ) = 0
and (6 x + 8 y + 3z − 13) + λ 2 ( x + 2 y + z − 3) = 0
or x (3 + λ 1 ) + y (− 9 + λ 1 ) + z (5 − λ 1 ) = 0 …(1)
and x (6 + λ 2 ) + y (8 + 2λ 2 ) + z (3 + λ 2 ) − (13 + 3λ 2 ) = 0. …(2)
If the planes (1) and (2) are parallel, then their coefficients are proportional and so
we have
3 + λ1 − 9 + λ1 5 − λ1
= = = k (say). …(3)
6 + λ2 8 + 2 λ2 3 + λ2
Taking the ratios 1st, 2nd and 3rd with k respectively in (3), we get
(3 + λ 1 ) = k (6 + λ 2 ) or 3 + λ 1 − 6k − kλ 2 = 0 …(4)
(−9 + λ 1 ) = k (8 + 2 λ 2 ) or − 9 + λ 1 − 8 k − 2 kλ 2 = 0 …(5)
(5 − λ 1 ) = k (3 + λ 2 ) or 5 − λ 1 − 3k − kλ 2 = 0. …(6)
Subtracting (6) from (4), we have
−2 + 2 λ 1 − 3k = 0. …(7)
Subtracting 2 times (6) from (5), we have
− 19 + 3λ 1 − 2k = 0. …(8)
Solving (7) and (8), we have
λ 1 = 53 / 5, k = 32 / 5.
Putting the values of λ 1 and k in (4), we get
λ 2 = − 31 / 8.
Substituting the values of λ 1 and λ 2 in (1) and (2), the equations of the parallel
planes through the given lines are
17 x + 2 y − 7z = 0 …(9)
G-158
and 17 x + 2 y − 7z − 11 = 0. …(10)
The required S.D. is the distance between the parallel planes (9) and (10).
Any point on the plane (9) is (0, 0, 0).
∴ The length of S.D.
= the length of perpendicular from (0, 0, 0) to the plane (10)
0 + 0 − 0 − 11 11
= =
2 2 2
√ {(17) + (2) + (−7) } √ (342) [Numerically]
Note: We can solve the above problem by reducing both the lines to symmetrical
form and then using method I or II. The problem can also be solved by reducing
only one line to symmetrical form and then using method III.
Comprehensive Problems 10
2. Find the equations of the shortest distance and its length between the lines
x −3 y − 5 z − 7 x +1 y +1 z +1
= = ; = = .
1 −2 1 7 −6 1
(Rohilkhand 2005; Kanpur 08; Lucknow 11; Meerut 12;
Kumaun 09, 15)
x −1 y−2 z −3
Show also that its equations are given by = =
2 3 4
3. Find the length of the shortest distance between the lines
x −3 y − 5 z − 7 x +1 y +1 z +1
= = ; = = .
1 −2 1 7 −6 −1
Find also its equations. (Meerut 2006B; Kanpur 06, 10)
4. Find the shortest distance between the lines
x −1 y − 2 z − 3 x − 2 y−3 z −4
= = ; = = ⋅
2 3 4 3 4 5
Hence show that the lines are coplanar.(Bundelkhand 2005; Meerut 07B)
5. Find the points on the lines
x−6 −x y+9 z −2
= − ( y − 7) = z − 4 and = =
3 3 2 4
which are nearest to each other. Hence find the shortest distance between the
lines and also its equations.
6. Find the equations of the straight line perpendicular to both the lines
x −1 y −1 z +2 x+2 y−5 z +3
= = ; = = ⋅
1 2 2 2 −1 2
7. Find the length and equations of the common perpendicular to the two lines
x+3 y−6 z x+2 y z −7
= = ; = = ⋅
−4 3 2 −4 1 1 (Meerut 2010B)
8. Show that the shortest distance between any two opposite edges of the
tetrahedron formed by the planes
y + z = 0, z + x = 0, x + y = 0, x + y + z = a is 2 a / √ 6
and that the three lines of shortest distance intersect at the point
x = y = z = − a. (Garhwal 2002)
9. Show that the shortest distance between the lines x + a = 2 y = − 12z and
x = y + 2a = 6z − 6a is 2a. (Meerut 2011)
10. Find the length of the shortest distance between the z-axis and the line
x + y + 2 z − 3 = 0 = 2 x + 3 y + 4 z − 4. (Kumaun 2010)
11. Find the shortest distance between the z-axis and the line
ax + by + c z + d = 0 = a ′ x + b ′ y + c ′ z + d ′ . (Kumaun 2008)
Show also that it meets the z-axis at a point whose distance from the origin is
(ab ′ − d ′ b) (bc ′ − b ′ c ) + (c a ′ − c ′ a) (ad ′ − a ′ d )
⋅
(bc ′ − b ′ c )2 + (c a ′ − c ′ a)2
G-160
12. Show that the equation of the plane containing the line
y / b + z / c = 1, x = 0 and parallel to the line x / a − z / c = 1, y = 0 is
x / a − y / b − z / c + 1 = 0 and if 2d is the shortest distance, then show that
d −2 = a −2 + b −2 + c −2 . (Meerut 2008; Rohilkhand 06; Avadh 09)
13. Show that the shortest distance between the diagonals of a rectangular
parallelopiped and the edges not meeting it are
bc ca ab
, ,
√ (b + c ) √ (c + a ) √ (a + b 2 )
2 2 2 2 2
A nswers 10
34
1. ; − 11x − 2 y + 7z + 29 = 0, 27 x + 26 y − 33z − 34 = 0
29
x −3 y −5 z −7
2. 2 29 ; = = 3. 6 3 4. 0
2 3 4
x−3 y−8 z −3
5. P (3, 8, 3), Q (−3, − 7, 6) ; 3 √ (30); = =
2 5 −1
x−2 y − 3 z −1
6. = =
7 4 −5
7. 32 x + 34 y + 13z = 108 , 4 x + 11 y + 5z = 27; 9
(db ′ − d ′ b) (bc ′ − b ′ c ) + (ca ′ − c ′ a) (ad ′ − a ′ d )
10. 2 11.
(bc ′ − b ′ c )2 + (ca ′ − c ′ a)2
Example 28: Prove that the locus of a variable line which intersects the three given lines
y = mx , z = c ; y = − mx , z = − c ; y = z , mx = − c
is the surface y 2 − m2 x 2 = z 2
− c 2. (Meerut 2006, 07, 10; Kanpur 08)
Solution: The equations of the given lines are
y = mx , z = c ; …(1)
y = − mx , z = − c ; …(2)
and y = z , mx = − c . …(3)
G-162
We know that any line intersecting the lines (1) and (2) is given by two planes, one
through each line.
The equation of any plane through the line (1) is
( y − mx) + λ (z − c ) = 0. …(4)
Also, the equation of any plane through the line (2) is
( y + mx) + µ (z + c ) = 0. …(5)
The planes (4) and (5) intersect in a line and if this line meets the line (3), then
putting mx = − c and z = y in (4) and (5), we have
( y + c ) + λ ( y − c ) = 0 and ( y − c ) + µ ( y + c ) = 0
y+c y−c
or λ =− and µ = − ⋅
y−c y+c
Multiplying these relations, we get λµ = 1. …(6)
The required locus is obtained by eliminating λ and µ between (4), (5) and (6) and
so eliminating λ and µ between these equations, the required locus is given by
( y − mx) y + mx
− × − =1
z +c z −c
or y 2 − m2 x 2 = z 2
− c 2.
Example 29: A variable line intersects the x-axis and the curve x = y, y 2 = cz and is
parallel to the plane x = 0. Prove that it generates the paraboloid x y = cz .
Solution: The equation of any plane through x-axis i. e., y = 0 = z is
y = λz . …(1)
The equation of any plane parallel to the plane x = 0 is
x = µ. …(2)
The planes (1) and (2) intersect in a line which intersects the x-axis and is parallel to
the plane x = 0. If this line meets the curve x = y, y 2 = cz , we have by putting
x = y in (2),
y=µ. …(3)
y cy cy
From (1), λ = = = 2 [∵ cz = y 2]
z cz y
or λ =c/y or λ = c /µ , [Using (3)]
or λµ = c . …(4)
The required locus is given by eliminating λ and µ between (1), (2) and (4), and is
( y / z) x = c
or xy = cz .
G-163
Comprehensive Exercise 11
1. Find the surface generated by the lines which intersect the lines
y = mx, z = c ; y = − mx, z = − c and x-axis.
2. Show that the straight lines which intersect the three lines
y − z = 1, x = 0 ; z − x = 1, y = 0 and x − y = 1, z = 0 lie on the surface
whose equation is x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − 2 yz − 2zx − 2 xy − 1 = 0.
3. Prove that the locus of a line which meets two lines y = ± mx, z = ± c and the
circle x 2 + y 2 = a2 , z = 0 is
c 2 m2 (cy − mzx)2 + c 2 ( yz − cmx)2 = a2 m2 (z 2 − c 2 ).
4. Find the surface generated by a straight line which meets two lines
y = mx, z = c ; y = − mx, z = − c at the same angle.
5. Show that the locus of lines which meet the lines
x+a y z x−a y z
= = ; = =
0 sin α − cos α 0 sin α cos α
at the same angle is ( xy cos α − az sin α) (z x sin α − ay cos α) = 0.
6. P, P ′ are two variable points on two given non-intersecting lines and PP ′ is
of constant length 2k. Find the surface generated by PP ′ .
7. Find the equation to the surface generated by a straight line which is parallel
to the line y = mx, z = nx and intersects the ellipse
x2 y2
+ = 1, z = 0.
a2 b2
8. How many lines can be drawn from a point to intersect two non-coplanar
lines neither of which passes through the point? Find the equations of the
lines or line which can be drawn from the point (2 , − 1, 3) to intersect the lines
x −1 y − 2 z −3 x−4 y z +3
= = ; = = ⋅ (Bundelkhand 2005)
2 3 4 4 5 3
A nswers 11
1. cy = mz x 4. (mcx − yz ) (cy − mzx) = 0
6. c 2 (mzx − cy)2 + c 2 m2 ( yz − mc x)2 = m2 (λ2 − c 2 ) (z 2 − c 2 )2
1 1
7. 2
( xn − z )2 + 2
( yn − mz )2 = n2
a b
8. 1; 12 x + 4 y − 9z + 7 = 0 and 11x − 10 y + 2z − 28 = 0
G-164
x y z
15. The line = = is perpendicular to the plane ax + by + cz + d = 0,if ……
l m n
(Meerut 2001)
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
16. The conditions for the line = = to be parallel to the
l m n
plane ax + by + cz + d = 0 but not lying in it are …… .(Bundelkhand 2005)
x−3 y +4 z
17. The angle between the straight line = = and the plane
1 −1 0
y − z + 2 = 0 is …… .
18. The foot of perpendicular from (2 , 3, 4) to the plane x + y − z + 4 = 0 is ……
19. The equation of the plane containing the straight line
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
= =
l1 m1 n1
x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
and parallel to the straight line = = is …… .
l2 m2 n2
20. The straight lines
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
= = and = =
l1 m1 n1 l2 m2 n2
are coplanar if …… .
21. The shortest distance between two intersecting straight lines is …… .
22. Two lines are …… if the shortest distance between them vanishes.
23. The shortest distance between two skew lines is …… to both the lines.
24. The shortest distance between two non-intersecting lines is the projection of
the straight line joining any two points on these lines on a straight line
perpendicular to …… .
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
x +1 y − 2 z +4
1. The straight line = = is parallel to the plane
1 3 −5
6 x + 8 y + 6z = 7.
x−2 y+9 z −6
2. The straight line = = is perpendicular to the plane
3 5 1
6 x + 10 y − 2 z = 9.
x−2 y −1 z +1
3. The straight line = = lies in the plane 2 x + 3 y − 7z = 5.
5 6 4
x +1 y + 3 z +5 x−2 y−4 z −6
4. The lines = = and = = are coplanar.
3 5 7 1 4 7
5. Two parallel straight lines are always coplanar.
G-167
A nswers
Multiple Choice Questions
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (c)
6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (c)
2 1 2
5. , ,− 6. (r + 3, 2 r + 4, − 2 r + 5)
3 3 3
7. (14, 1, 5) and (−10, − 7, − 7)
x−2 y+5 z +3
8. = = 9. 4 ; 6
−1 3 5
x−0 y−0 z −1
10. 1, 0, 0 11. = =
1 1 0
12. 3l + 2 m − 5n = 0, 4l + 2 m − 3n = 0 13. (−2 , 5, 0)
x−2 y−3 z +7 a b c
14. = = 15. = =
2 −3 4 l m n
16. al + bm + c n = 0, ax1 + by1 + c z1 + d ≠ 0
1 4 17
17. π / 6 18. , ,
3 3 3
G-168
True or False
1. T 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. T
6. T 7. F 8. T 9. F 10. T
11. T
¨
Krishna's
VECTOR ANALYSIS
C hapters
1. Multiple Products
1.
1. Differentiation of Vectors
2.
1. Integration of Vectors
4.
1. Line Integrals
5.
1
M ultiple P roducts
1 Triple Products
e know that the vector product a × b of two vectors a and b is itself a vector
W quantity. Therefore we can multiply it by another vector c both scalarly and
vectorially. The product (a × b) • c is called scalar triple product, which is a pure
number. On the other hand the product (a × b) × c is called vector triple product,
which is again a vector quantity.
Note. Since a • b is a scalar quantity, therefore the products (a • b) • c and
(a • b) × c are meaningless. Moreover in the product (a × b) • c we can omit the
parentheses and we can simply write it as a × b • c. Obviously the product a × b • c
has meaning only if we regard it as the product (a × b) • c .
Now we know that if the vectors a, b, c form a right handed triad, then the vector
triads b, c, a and c, a, b are also right handed. Hence each of the products (b × c) • a
and (c × a) • b will have the same value + V or − V according as a, b, c form a right
handed or a left handed triad. Thus we conclude that in all the cases
(a × b) • c = (b × c) • a = (c × a) • b.
Now a • b = b • a and a × b = − b × a.
∴ (a × b) • c = c • (a × b) = (b × c) • a
= a • (b × c) = (c × a) • b = b • (c × a)
= − (b × a) • c = – c • (b × a) = – (c × b) • a
= – a • (c × b) = – (a × c) • b = – b • (a × c).
From this we conclude that the value of a scalar triple product depends on the cyclic order of
the factors and is independent of the position of the dot and cross. These may be interchanged at
pleasure. However, an anticyclic permutation of the three factors changes the value of the
product in sign but not in magnitude. (Important)
V-5
Notation: In view of the properties discussed above, the scalar triple product is
usually written as (a × b) • c = [abc] or [a, b, c]. This notation takes into consideration
only the cyclic order of the three vectors and disregards the unimportant positions of dot and
cross. Thus [abc] = [bca] = [cab] = – [cba] etc.
The signs of dot and cross can be inserted at pleasure i. e.,
[a, b, c] = a • (b × c) or = (a × b) • c .
Note 1: If i , j , k constitute an orthogonal right handed triad of unit vectors,
then [i, j, k] = (i × j) • k = k • k = 1.
Note 2: The scalar triple product [abc] is positive or negative according as a, b, c
form a right handed or a left handed triad of vectors.
c1 c2 c 3 a1 a2 a3
Also (a × b) • c = c • (a × b) = a1 a2 a3 = b1 b2 b3
b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c 3
showing that the value of a scalar triple product is independent of the positions of
dot and cross.
Example 1: Find the volume of the parallelopiped whose edges are represented by
a = 2 i − 4 j+ 5 k, b = i − j+ k, c = 3 i − 5 j + 2 k.
Solution: The required volume of the parallelopiped is equal to the absolute
value of [a b c].
2 −4 5
Now [a b c] = 1 −1 1
3 −5 2
= 2 (−2 + 5) + 4 (2 − 3) + 5 (−5 + 3)= 6 − 4 − 10 = − 8.
Neglecting the negative sign, we get the volume of the parallelopiped = 8 cubic
units.
−4 −6 −2
Now [a b c] = −1 4 3
−8 −1 3
= − 4 (12 + 3) + 6 (− 3 + 24) − 2 (1 + 32)
= − 60 + 126 − 66 = 0.
∴ The points A, B, C, D are coplanar.
l • a l•b l • c
Example 7: Prove that [lmn] [abc]=m • a m• b m • c⋅
n • a n• b n • c
Solution: Let l = l1 i + l2 j + l3 k , m = m1 i + m2 j + m3 k ,
n = n1 i + n2 j + n3 k ; a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k ,
b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k , c = c1 i + c 2 j + c 3 k .
l1 l2 l3 a1 a2 a3
= m1 m2 m3 b1 b2 b3
n1 n2 n3 c1 c2 c 3
l1 a1 + l2 a2 + l3 a3 l1 b1 + l2 b2 + l3 b3
= m1 a1 + m2 a2 + m3 a3 m1 b1 + m2 b2 + m3 b3
n1 a1 + n2 a2 + n3 a3 n1 b1 + n2 b2 + n3 b3
l1 c1 + l2 c 2 + l3 c 3
m1 c1 + m2 c 2 + m3 c 3
n1 c1 + n2 c 2 + n3 c 3
by the rule for the multiplication of determinants of the same order.
V-11
l •a l•b l•c
Hence the L.H.S. = m • a m• b m • c ⋅
n•a n• b n•c
Comprehensive Exercise 1
1. Define scalar triple product of three vectors a , b, c and interpret the same
geometrically.
2. Define scalar triple product of u , v , w . Prove that the value of the scalar
triple product of u , v , w remains unchanged if the cyclic order of the vectors
is maintained.
V-12
A nswers 1
8. (i) 7 cubic units, (ii) 12 cubic units.
Let r = a × (b × c) and b × c = d .
Since b × c = d , therefore d is a vector perpendicular to the plane containing b and
c. Also r = a × d . Therefore r is a vector perpendicular to both a and d. Now the
vector r is perpendicular to the vector d, whereas the vector d is perpendicular to
the plane containing b and c. Therefore the vector r must lie in the plane containing
V-13
b and c. Hence the vector r can be expressed linearly in terms of b and c in the form
r = l b + mc , …(1)
where l and m are scalars.
Since r is perpendicular to a , therefore r • a = 0.
∴ (l b + mc) • a = 0 or l (b • a) + m (c • a) = 0.
l −m
∴ = = λ (say).
c • a b• a
Putting the values of l and m in (1), we get
r = λ (c • a) b − λ (b • a) c = λ [(c • a) b – (b • a) c] …(2)
Now we are to find the value of λ.
Consider unit vectors j and k,the first parallel to b and the second perpendicular to
it in the plane containing b and c. Then we may write b = b2 j and
c = c2 j + c3 k .
In terms of j and k and the other unit vector i of the right handed system, the
remaining vector a may be written as
a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k .
Now b × c = b2 j × (c 2 j + c 3 k) = b2 c 2 j × j + b2 c 3 j × k = b2 c 3 i
[∵ j × j = 0 and j × k = i]
∴ r = a × (b × c) = (a1 i + a2 j + a3 k) × (b2 c 3 i)
= a1 b2 c 3 i × i + a2 b2 c 3 j × i + a3 b2 c 3 k × i
= a3 b2 c 3 j − a2 b2 c 3 k …(3)
[∵ i × i = 0, j × i = – k and k × i = j ]
Also r = λ [(c • a) b – (b • a) c]
= λ [(c 2 j + c 3 k) • (a1 i + a2 j + a3 k) b2 j
− (b2 j) • (a1 i + a2 j + a3 k) (c 2 j + c 3 k)]
= λ [c 2 a2 b2 j + c 3 a3 b2 j − b2 a2 c 2 j − b2 a2 c 3 k]
[∵ i • i = 1, i • j = 0 etc.]
= λ [a3 b2 c 3 j − a2 b2 c 3 k]. …(4)
Now from (3) and (4) we conclude that λ = 1.
Hence a × (b × c) = (c • a) b – (b • a) c = (a • c) b – (a • b) c
[∵ c • a = a • c]
Corollary: (a × b) × c = – [c × (a × b)]
= – [(c • b) a – (c • a) b] = (c • a) b – (c • b) a .
Rule to remember a × (b × c). It is a vector to be expressed linearly in terms of b
and c which are the vectors within the brackets. Also
a × (b × c) = [Dot product of a and c] b
− [Dot product of a and b] c.
Similarly we may remember (a × b) × c .
V-14
Example 10: Show that the vectors a × (b × c), b × (c × a), c × (a × b) are coplanar.
Solution: Let r1 = a × (b × c), r 2 = b × (c × a), r 3 = c × (a × b).
Now first prove that r1 + r 2 + r3 = 0, as we have done in the previous exercise.
Since there exists a linear relation between the vectors r1 , r 2 , r 3 therefore any of
these vectors can be expressed as a linear combination of the other two. Hence
these three vectors are coplanar.
and k × (a × k) = (k • k) a – (k • a) k = a – (k • a) k . [∵ k • k = 1]
Adding these three expressions, we get
i × (a × i) + j × (a × j) + k × (a × k)
= 3a − (i • a) i – ( j • a) j – (k • a) k
= 3a – [(a • i) i + (a • j) j + (a • k) k]. [∵ a • j = j • a etc.]
Now we shall show that
a = (a • i) i + (a • j) j + (a • k) k .
Let a = xi + yj + zk .
Taking dot product of both sides with i , j and k successively, we get
x = a • i , y = a • j, z = a • k .
∴ a = (a • i) i + (a • j) j + (a • k) k .
Hence i × (a × i) + j × (a × j) + k × (a × k) = 3a – a = 2a .
= (c 2 a3 − a2 c 3 ) i + (a1 c 3 − a3 c1 ) j + (c1 a2 − a1 c 2 ) k .
∴ [a × b, b × c, c × a]
a2 b3 − b2 a3 b1 a3 − a1 b3 a1 b2 − a2 b1
= b2 c 3 − b3 c 2 c1 b3 − b1 c 3 b1 c 2 − b2 c1
c 2 a3 − c 3 a2 a1 c 3 − a3 c1 c1 a2 − c 2 a1
Solution: Let a × b = r .
Then (a × b) × (a × c) = r × (a × c) = (r • c) a – (r • a) c
= [(a × b) • c] a – [(a × b) • a] c
= [abc] a – [aba] c = [abc] a , since [aba] = 0.
Therefore (a × b) × (a × c) • d = [abc] a • d = (a • d) [abc] .
1
Example 16: If a , b, c be three unit vectors such that a × (b × c) = b, find the angles
2
which a makes with b and c , b and c being non-parallel. (Kumaun 2009)
1
Solution: It is given that a × (b × c) = b .
2
V-17
1
∴ (a • c) b – (a • b) c = b,
2
or a c – 1 b – (a b) c = 0. …(1)
• •
2
Since b and c are non-parallel, therefore for the existence of the relation (1) the
coefficients of b and c should vanish separately. Therefore, we get
1 1
a • c − = 0, i. e., a • c = and a • b = 0.
2 2
Let θ and φ be the angles which a makes with b and c respectively. Since a , b, c are
unit vectors, we have
a • b = cos θ = 0 ⇒ θ = 90 ° ,
1
and a • c = cos φ = ⇒ φ = 60 ° .
2
Comprehensive Exercise 2
1. Evaluate (b × c) × a,
where a = 2i + 3 j − 5k , b = – i + j + k , and c = 4i + 2 j + 6k.
2. (i) Verify the formula for vector triple product
a × (b × c) = (a • c) b – (a • b) c
by taking a = i + j, b = – i + 2k , c = j + k.
(ii) Verify a × (b × c) = (a • c) b – ( a • b) c for a = i – 2j+ k , b = 2i + j – k
and c = 3i – 2j + 3k . (Kumaun 2014)
3. Prove that (b × c) × (c × a) = [abc] c .
4. Prove that for any three vectors A , B and C,
(A × B) • (B × C) × (C × A) = (A • B × C) 2 .
V-18
A nswers 2
1. 8 (−4i + j – k).
Linear Relation connecting four vectors: Equating the above two expressions
for the value of (a × b) × (c × d), we get
[abd] c – [abc] d = [acd] b – [bcd] a
or [bcd] a – [acd] b + [abd] c – [abc] d = 0 , …(1)
which is the required linear relation connecting the four vectors a , b, c , d .
To find an expression for any vector r, in space, as a linear combination of
three non-coplanar vectors a , b, c .
Replacing d by r in the relation (1) just established, we get
[bcr] a – [acr] b + [abr] c – [abc] r = 0
or [abc] r = [bcr] a – [acr] b + [abr] c . …(2)
Since a , b, c are non-coplanar, therefore [abc] ≠ 0.
Therefore dividing both sides of (2) by [abc], we get
[bcr] a – [acr] b + [abr] c ,
r=
[abc]
[bcr] a + [car] b + [abr] c
or r= , since [acr] = – [car]
[abc]
[rbc] a + [rca] b + [rab] c
or r= , …(3)
[abc]
which is the required expression for r .
V-20
i j k
and b×c = 1 −1 −2 = 2i + 0 j + k = 2 i + k.
−1 2 2
b × c 2i + k 2 1
∴ a′ = = = i+ k ⋅
[abc] 3 3 3
i j k
c×a 1 − 8i + 3j − 7k
Similarly b′ = = −1 2 2 =
[abc] 3 3
2 3 −1
i j k
a ×b 1 − 7i + 3j − 5k
and c′ = = 2 3 −1 = ⋅
[abc] 3 3
1 −1 −2
Again [a × b, c × d , e × f ] = [c × d , e × f , a × b]
= (c × d) • [(e × f ) × (a × b)]
= (c × d) • [{(e × f ) • b} a – {(e × f ) • a} b]
= [cda] [efb] – [cd b] [efa]
= [cda] [bef ] – [cdb] [aef ].
and [a × b , c × d , e × f ] = [e × f , a × b , c × d]
= (e × f ) • [(a × b) × (c × d)]
= (e × f ) • [{(a × b) • d} c – {(a × b) • c} d]
= [efc] [abd] – [efd] [abc]
= [abd] [cef ] – [abc] [def ].
Comprehensive Exercise 3
A nswers 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
3. − i + k, − j + k, i + j.
2 2 2 2 2 2
5. [a ′, b ′, c ′] is qual to
(a) [a, b , c ] (b) [a, b , c ]2
1
(c) (d) None of these
[a, b , c ] (Kumaun 2009)
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
A nswers
True or False
1. T 2. F 3. T
¨
V-29
D ifferentiation of V ectors
1 Vector Function
e know that a scalar quantity possesses only magnitude and has no concern
W with direction. A single real number gives us a complete representation of a
scalar quantity. Thus a scalar quantity is nothing but a real number.
Let D be any subset of the set of all real numbers. If to each element t of D , we
associate by some rule a unique real number f (t), then this rule defines a scalar
function of the scalar variable t . Here f (t) is a scalar quantity and thus f is a scalar
function.
In a similar manner we define a vector function.
Let D be any subset of the set of all real numbers. If to each element t of D, we associate by some
rule a unique vector f (t), then this rule defines a vector function of the scalar variable t.
Here f (t) is a vector quantity and thus f is a vector function.
We know that every vector can be uniquely expressed as a linear combination of
three fixed non-coplanar vectors. Therefore we may write
f (t) = f1 (t) i + f 2 (t) j + f 3 (t) k
V-30
Examples: (1) The temperature at any point within or on the surface of earth at a
certain time defines a scalar field.
(2) f ( x , y , z ) = x 2 − y 3 − 3z 2 defines a scalar field.
If to each point P ( x , y , z ) of a region R in space there corresponds a unique vector
f ( P), then f is called a vector point function and we say that a vector field f has
been defined in R.
Theorem 1: The necessary and sufficient condition for a vector function f (t) to be
Theorem 2: If f (t) = f1 (t)i + f 2 (t) j + f 3 (t)k , then f (t) is continuous if and only if
f1 (t), f 2 (t), f 3 (t) are continuous.
Theorem 3: Let f (t) = f1 (t)i + f 2 (t) j + f 3 (t)k and l = l1 i + l2 j + l3 k .
Then the necessary and sufficient conditions that lim f (t) = l are
t → t0
lim f (t) = l , lim f 2 (t) = l2 and lim f 3 (t) = l3 .
t → t0 1 1
t → t0 t → t0
Theorem 4: If f (t), g (t) are vector functions of scalar variable t and φ (t) is a scalar
function of scalar variable t , then
(i) lim [f (t) ± g(t)] = lim f (t) ± lim g(t)
t → t0 t → t0 t → t0
dr d2 r
Successive Derivatives: If we differentiate again, we get 2 which is called
dt dt
the second derivative of r w.r.t. t , and so on.
Thus, we continue differentiating successively upto n times and get
dr d2 r d3 r d nr
, , , …… , ,
dt dt 2 dt 3 dt n
d nr
where is called the n th diff. coeff. (or derivative) of r w.r.t. t. (Here diff. coeff.
dt n
means differential coefficient.)
dr d2 r . ..
We often represent , 2
, …… by r , r, …… respectively.
dt dt
A scalar or vector function of t is called differentiable of order n if its n th order
derivative exists.
5 Differentiation Formulae
Theorem: If a, b and c are differentiable vector functions of a scalar t and φ is a
differentiable scalar function of the same variable t, then
d da db
1. (a + b) = +
dt dt dt
d db da
2. (a • b) = a • + •b
dt dt dt
d db da
3. (a × b) = a × + × b
dt dt dt
d da dφ
4. (φa) = φ + a
dt dt dt
d da db dc
5. [a b c] = b c + a c + a b
dt
dt
dt dt (Meerut 2013B; Purvanchal 08)
d da db × c + a × b × dc ⋅
6. {a × (b × c)} = × (b × c) + a ×
dt dt dt dt
(Meerut 2000; Purvanchal 08)
d {( a + δa) + ( b + δb)} − (a + b)
Proof: 1. (a + b) = lim
dt δt → 0 δt
δa + δb δa δb
= lim = lim +
δt → 0 δt δt → 0 δ t dt
δa δb d a d b
= lim + lim = + ⋅
δt → 0 δ t δt → 0 dt dt dt
V-33
Thus the derivative of the sum of two vectors is equal to the sum of their derivatives, as it is also
in Scalar Calculus.
d da d b
Similarly we can prove that (a – b) = − ⋅
dt dt dt
In general if r1 , r2 ,……, r n are vector functions of a scalar t, then
d dr dr dr
(r1 + r2 + …… + r n ) = 1 + 2 + …… + n ⋅
dt dt dt dt
d (a + δa) • ( b + δb) − a • b
2. (a • b) = lim
dt δt → 0 δt
= lim a • b + a • δb + δa • b + δa • δb − a • b
δt → 0 δt
= lim a • δb + δa • b + δa • δb
δt → 0 δt
= lim a • δb + δa • b + δa • δb
δt → 0 δt δt δt
lim a • δb + lim δa • b + lim δa • δb
=
δt → 0 δt δt → 0 δt δt → 0 δt
db da da
= a• + • b+ • 0, since δb → zero vector as δt → 0
dt dt dt
db da
= a• + •b
dt dt
d
Note: We know that a • b = b • a. Therefore while evaluating (a • b), we should
dt
not bother about the order of the factors.
d (a + δa) × ( b + δb) − a × b
3. (a × b) = lim
dt δt → 0 δt
= lim a × b + a × δb + δa × b + δa × δb − a × b
δt → 0 δt
= lim a × δb + δa × b + δa × δb
δt → 0 δt
lim δb δa δa
= a × + × b+ × δb
δt → 0 δt δt δt
Note: We know that cross product of two vectors is not commutative because
d
a × b = – b × a . Therefore while evaluating (a × b), we must maintain the order
dt
of the factors a and b .
d (φ + δφ)(a + δa) − φa
4. (φa) = lim
dt δt → 0 δt
= lim φ δa + δφ a + δφ δa
δt → 0 δt δt δt
db dc da
= a × × c + a × b × + × (b × c)
dt dt dt
da db dc
= × (b × c) + a × × c + a × b × ⋅
dt dt dt
dr dx dy dz
∴ = i+ j+ k.
dt dt dt dt
Thus in order to differentiate a vector we should differentiate its components.
Note: If r = xi + yj + zk , then sometimes we also write it as r = ( x, y, z ). In this
2
dr dx dy dz d 2 r d2 x d y d2 z
notation = , , , = , , 2 , and so on.
dt dt dt dt dt 2 dt 2 dt 2 dt
Alternative Method:
We have r = xi + yj + zk , where i , j, k are constant vectors and so their
derivatives will be zero.
dr d d d d
Now, = ( xi + yj + zk ) = ( xi ) + ( yj) + (zk )
dt dt dt dt dt
dx di dy dj dz dk
= i+ x + j+ y + k +z
dt dt dt dt dt dt
dx dy dz di
= i+ j+ k , since , etc. vanish.
dt dt dt dt
da
Condition is sufficient. If a • = 0, then
dt
da da d
a• + •a=0 or (a • a) = 0
dt dt dt
or a • a = constant or a2 = constant
or a2 = constant or |a | = constant
Theorem 5: If a is a differentiable vector function of the scalar variable t, then
d da d2 a
a × = a × ⋅
dt dt dt 2
Proof: We have
d da da da d2 a d2 a
a × = × +a× 2 =0+a× ,
dt dt dt dt dt dt 2
da d2 a
since the cross product of two equal vectors is zero = a × ⋅
dt dt 2
Theorem 6: The necessary and sufficient condition for the vector a (t) to have constant
da
direction is a × = 0.
dt (Meerut 2004B, 06, 07, 10, 11, 13B; Avadh 14)
Proof: Let a be a vector function of the scalar variable t . Let A be a unit vector in
the direction of a . If a be the magnitude of a , then a = aA .
da dA da
∴ =a + A.
dt dt dt
da dA da
Hence a× = (a A) × a + A
dt dt dt
dA da
= a2 A × +a A×A
dt dt
dA
= a2 A × [ ∵ A × A = 0] …(1)
dt
The condition is necessary. Suppose a has a constant direction. Then A is a
constant vector because it has constant direction as well as constant magnitude.
dA
Therefore = 0.
dt
da
∴ From (1), we get a × = a2 A × 0 = 0.
dt
Therefore the condition is necessary.
da
The condition is sufficient. Suppose that a × = 0.
dt
Then from (1), we get
dA dA
a2 A × =0 or A× = 0. …(2)
dt dt
V-39
dA
Since A is of constant length, therefore A • = 0. …(3)
dt
dA
From (2) and (3), we get = 0.
dt
Hence A is a constant vector i. e., the direction of a is constant.
10 Curves in Space
A curve in a three dimensional Euclidean space may be regarded as the intersection
of two surfaces represented by two equations of the form
F1 ( x, y, z ) = 0, F2 ( x, y, z ) = 0.
It can be easily seen that the parametric equations of the form
x = f1 (t), y = f 2 (t), z = f 3 (t)
where x , y , z are scalar functions of the scalar t, also represent a curve in three
dimensional space. Here ( x, y, z ) are the coordinates of a current point on the
curve. The scalar variable t may range over a set of values a ≤ t ≤ b .
In vector notation an equation of the form r = f (t), represents a curve in three
dimensional space if r is the position vector of a current point on the curve. As t
changes, r will give position vectors of different points on the curve. The vector f (t)
can be expressed as
f1 (t)i + f 2 (t) j + f 3 (t)k .
Also if ( x, y, z ) are the coordinates of a current point on the curve whose position
vector is r, then r = xi + yj + zk .
Therefore the single vector equation r = f (t)
i. e., xi + yj + zk = f1 (t)i + f 2 (t) j + f 3 (t)k
is equivalent to the three parametric equations
x = f1 (t), y = f 2 (t), z = f 3 (t).
Thus a curve in a space may be defined as the locus of a point whose coordinates may be
expressed as a function of a single parameter.
For example, the two equations
x2 y2 z
2
− 2
= 1, x = a cosh
a b a
specify a curve in three dimensional space. The parametric equations of this curve
are x = a cosh u, y = b sinh u, z = au.
And its vectorial equation is
r = a cosh u i + b sinh u j + au k .
The vector equation r = a cos ti + b sin tj + 0 k represents an ellipse, as for different
values of t, the end point of r describes an ellipse.
Similarly r = at 2 i + 2atj + 0 k is the vector equation of a parabola.
The terms skew, twisted or tortuous are often used for curves in a space.
V-40
dr
Since is a vector along the tangent at P to the curve in which the particle is
dt
moving, therefore the direction of velocity is along the tangent.
δv
Acceleration: If δv be the change in the velocity v during the time δt , then is
δt
the average acceleration during that interval. If a represents the acceleration of the
particle at time t , then
2
δv dv d dr = d r ⋅
a = lim = =
δt → 0 δt dt dt dt dt 2
dr d d
(i) = (cos ωt) a + (sin ωt) b
dt dt dt
= − ω sin ωt a + ω cos ωt b .
2
d r
∴ = − ω 2 cos ωt a − ω 2 sin ωt b
dt 2
= − ω 2 (cos ωta + sin ωtb) = − ω 2 r.
d2 r
∴ 2
+ ω 2 r = 0.
dt
dr
(ii) r× = (cos ωta + sin ωt b) × (− ω sin ωta + ω cos ωtb)
dt
= ω cos 2 ωt a × b − ω sin2 ωt b × a [ ∵ a × a = 0, b × b = 0]
= ω cos 2 ωt a × b + ω sin2 ωt a × b
= ω (cos 2 ωt + sin2 ωt) a × b = ωa × b .
Example 3: If r = a cos t i + a sin t j + at tan α k , find
dr d2 r dr d2 r d3 r
× and , , 3⋅
dt dt 2 dt dt
2
dt (Purvanchal 07, 10; Agra 14)
dr
Solution: We have = − a sin t i + a cos t j + a tan α k
dt
d2 r dk
dt 2
= − a cos t i − a sin t j , ∵ dt = 0
d3 r
= a sin t i − a cos t j .
dt 3
i j k
dr d2 r
∴ × 2 = − a sin t a cos t a tan α
dt dt
− a cos t − a sin t 0
du dv d
Example 4: If = w × u, = w × v, show that (u × v) = w × (u × v).
dt dt dt
(Garhwal 2003; Bundelkhand 09)
Solution: We have
d du dv
(u × v) = × v+ u × = ( w × u) × v + u × ( w × v)
dt dt dt
= ( v • w) u − ( v • u) w + (u • v) w − (u • w) v
= ( v • w) u − (u • w) v [ ∵ u • v = v • u]
= (w • v) u – (w • u) v = w × (u × v).
Example 5: If R be a unit vector in the direction of r, prove that
dR 1 dr
R× = 2 r× , where r = | r |.
dt r dt (Bundelkhand 2008, 11)
1
Solution: We have r = rR ; so that R = r.
r
dR 1 dr 1 dr
∴ = − r.
dt r dt r 2 dt
dR 1 1 d r 1 dr
Hence R× = r× − 2 r
dt r r dt r dt
1 dr 1 dr
= 2
r× − r×r
r dt r 3 dt
1 dr
= r× ⋅ [ ∵ r × r = 0]
r2 dt
Example 6: If r is a vector function of a scalar t and a is a constant vector, m a constant,
differentiate the following with respect to t :
(i) r • a , (ii) r × a ,
dr dr
(iii) r × , (iv) r • ,
dt dt
1 dr 2
(v) r 2 + 2 , (vi) m ,
r dt
r+a r×a
(vii) 2 , (viii) ⋅
r + a2 r •a
(ii) Let R = r × a .
dR dr da
Then = ×a+r×
dt dt dt
dr ∵ da
= ×a+r×0 = 0
dt dt
dr dr
= ×a+0= × a.
dt dt
dr
(iii) Let R = r × ⋅
dt
dR dr dr d2 r
Then = × +r× 2
dt dt dt dt
d2 r ∵ dr dr
=0+r× × = 0
dt 2 dt dt
2
d r
=r× ⋅
dt 2
dr
(iv) Let R = r • ⋅
dt
dR dr dr d2 r
Then = • +r• 2
dt dt dt dt
2
dr d2 r
= +r• ⋅
dt dt 2
1
(v) Let R = r2 + ⋅
r2
dR d 2 d 1
Then = (r ) +
dt dt dt r 2
d 2 d 1
= (r ) + , where r = | r |
dt dt r 2
dr 2 dr
= 2r − 3 ⋅
dt r dt
2
dr
(vi) Let R = m ⋅
dt
dR d dr 2
Then =m
dt dt dt
dr d2 r dr 2 dr
=2m • Note : =2r •
dt dt 2 dt dt
dr d2 r
=2m • ⋅
dt dt 2
V-45
r+a
(vii) Let R = ⋅
r 2 + a2
dR 1 d d 1
Then = 2 2
(r + a) +
2
(r + a)
2
dt (r + a ) dt dt r + a
=
1 dr + da − 1 d 2
(r + a2 ) (r + a)
dt
r 2
+a 2 dt (r + a ) dt
2 2 2
dr
2r•
1 dr dt (r + a)
= 2
− 2
r + a2 dt (r + a2 )2
∵ da = 0, d r 2 = 2r • dr , d a2 = 0
dt dt dt dt
r×a
(viii) Let R = ⋅
r •a
dR 1 d d 1
Then = (r × a) + (r × a)
dt r • a dt dt r • a
[Note that r • a is a scalar quantity]
1 d r d a 1 d
= ×a+r× − 2
(r • a) (r × a)
r •a dt dt (r • a) dt
dr
×a
= dt
−
1 dr • a + r • da (r × a)
r •a (r • a)2 dt dt
dr dr
×a •a
da
= dt − dt 2 (r × a). ∵ = 0
r •a (r • a) dt
Example 7: Find
d dr d2 r d2 dr d2 r
(i) r, , 2; (ii) r, , ;
dt dt dt dt 2 dt dt 2
d dr d2 r
(iii) r × × 2 ⋅
dt dt dt (Kumaun 2010)
dr d r 2
Solution: (i) Let R = r, , 2 ⋅ Then R is the scalar triple product of three
dt dt
dr d2 r
vectors r, and 2 ⋅ Therefore using the rule for finding the derivative of a scalar
dt dt
triple product, we have
V-46
dR dr dr d2 r d2 r d2 r dr d3 r
= , , + r, , + r, ,
dt dt dt dt 2 dt 2 dt 2 dt dt 3
dr d3 r
= r, , 3 ,
dt dt
since scalar triple products having two equal vectors vanish.
dr d2 r
(ii) Let R = r, , 2 ⋅ Then as in part (i)
dt dt
dR dr d3 r
= r, , ⋅
dt dt dt 3
Differentiating again, we get
d2 R dr dr d3 r d2 r d3 r dr d4 r
= , , 3 + r, 2 , 3 + r, ,
dt 2 dt dt dt dt dt dt dt 4
d2 r d3 r dr d4 r
= r, 2 , 3 + r, , ⋅
dt dt dt dt 4
dr d2 r
(iii) Let R = r × × 2⋅
dt dt
Then R is the vector triple product of three vectors. Therefore using the rule for
finding the derivative of a vector triple product, we have
dR dr dr d2 r d2 r d2 r dr d3 r
= × × 2 +r × 2 × 2 +r × × 3
dt dt dt dt dt dt dt dt
dr dr d2 r dr d3 r
= × × 2 +r × × 3 ,
dt dt dt dt dt
d2 r d2 r
since × = 0 , being vector product of two equal vectors.
dt 2 dt 2
i j k
∴ a × (b × c) = sin θ cos θ θ
3 sin θ + 9 3 cos θ − 6 3 cos θ + 2 sin θ
V-47
i + j + 3k i + j + 3k
= = = b , say.
|i + j + 3k| √ (11)
∴ the component of velocity in the given direction
(3i + 2 j + 2k ) • (i + j + 3k ) 11
= v• b= = = √ (11);
√ (11) √ (11)
and the component of acceleration in the given direction
(6i + 2 j) • (i + j + 3k ) 8
= a • b= = ⋅
√ (11) √ (11)
Comprehensive Exercise 1
3. Show that ^
r × d^
r = (r × d r) / r 2 , where r = r ^
r.
4. (i) The position vector of a moving particle at time t is given by
r = (3t − 4) i + (t 2 − 2) j + 4t 3 k. Find its velocity and acceleration at
time t = 2. (Kanpur 2005; Bundelkhand 13)
1 dr
(ii) If r = t 3 i + 2t 3 − 2
j , show that r × = k.
5t dt (Agra 2007)
(iii) If r = (cos nt) i + (sin nt) j , where n is a constant and t varies, show that
dr
r× = nk . (Garhwal 2002)
dt
5. (i) If r = (sinh t) a + (cosh t) b, where a and b are constant vectors, then
d2 r
show that = r.
dt 2
(ii) If u = t 2 i − tj + (2t + 1) k and v = (2t − 3) i + j − tk , find
d
(u • v), when t = 1.
dt (Bundelkhand 2007)
V-49
12. If r is a vector function of a scalar t, r its module, and a , b are constant vectors,
differentiate the following with respect to t :
dr
(i) r 3 r + a × , (ii) r 2 r + (a r) b ,
dt
(iii) r n r , (iv) (ar + r b)2 .
13. Find the unit tangent vector to any point on the curve
x = a cos t , y = a sin t , z = bt .
14. If the direction of a differentiable vector function r (t) is constant, show that
d r
r× = 0. Or
dt
If r (t) is a vector of constant direction, show that its derivative is collinear
with it.
15. If e is the unit vector making an angle θ with x-axis, show that de / dθ is a unit
vector obtained by rotating e through a right angle in the direction of θ
increasing.
A nswers 1
2. (i) i + (2t + 1) j + (3t 2 + 2t + 1) k ; 2 j + (6t + 2) k
(ii) − j + 2k ; 2i; √ 5 ; 2
4. (i) V = 3 i + 4 j + 48 k , a = 2 j + 48 k
5. (i) r (ii) 6t 2 − 10 t − 2 ; − 6
7. (i) √ 37; √ (325)
9. (i) (5t 2 − 1) cos t + 11t sin t
(ii) t 2 (t sin t − 3 cos t) i − t 2 (t cos t + 3 sin t) j
− (11t cos t − 5t 2 sin t + sin t) k
(iii) 100 t 3 + 2 t + 6t 5
dr dr d2 r
12. (i) 3r 2 r+r3 +a ×
dt dt dt 2
dr dr d r
(ii) 2 r r +r2 + a • b
dt dt dt
dr dr
(iii) nr n−1
r+r n
dt dt
d r dr
(iv) 2 (a r + r b) • a + b
dt dt
1
13. (− a sin t i + a cos t j + b k)
√ (a + b 2 )
2
V-51
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
1. A vector is said to be constant only if its magnitude is fixed and direction
changes.
2. The necessary and sufficient condition for the vector a (t) to have constant
da
magnitude is a • = 0.
dt
A nswers
True or False
1. F 2. T
¨
V-53
3
G radient, D ivergence
and C url
∂ ∂ ∂
=i ( f + g) + j ( f + g) + k ( f + g)
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂f ∂g ∂f ∂g ∂f ∂g
=i +i + j + j +k +k
∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂z ∂z
∂f ∂f ∂f ∂g ∂g ∂g
= i + j +k + i + j +k
∂ x ∂ y ∂ z ∂ x ∂ y ∂ z
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂
= i + j +k f + i + j +k g
∂x ∂y ∂z ∂x ∂y ∂z
= ∇f + ∇g = grad f + grad g .
Similarly, we can prove that ∇ ( f − g) = ∇f − ∇g.
Theorem 2: Gradient of a constant. The necessary and sufficient condition for a
scalar point function to be constant is that ∇f = 0.
∂f ∂f ∂f
Proof: If f ( x, y, z ) is constant, then = 0, = 0, = 0.
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂f ∂f ∂f
Therefore, grad f = i + j +k = 0 i + 0 j + 0 k = 0.
∂x ∂y ∂z
Hence the condition is necessary.
∂f ∂f ∂f
Conversely, let grad f = 0. Then i + j +k = 0.
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂f ∂f ∂f
Therefore, = 0, = 0, = 0.
∂x ∂y ∂z
∴ f must be independent of x, y and z .
∴ f must be a constant. Hence the condition is sufficient.
= f ∇g + g ∇f = f grad g + g grad f .
In particular, if c is a constant, then
∇ (c f ) = c ∇f + f ∇c = c ∇f + 0 = c ∇f .
V-56
Theorem 4: Gradient of the quotient of two scalar functions. If f and g are two
f g ∇f − f ∇g
scalar point functions, then ∇ = ⋅
g g2 (Kumaun 2013)
Proof: We have
f ∂ ∂ ∂ f
∇ = i + j +k
g ∂x ∂y ∂z g
∂ f ∂ f ∂ f
=i + j +k ⋅
∂x g ∂y g ∂z g
∂f ∂g ∂f ∂g
g − f g − f
∂ f ∂x ∂x , ∂ f ∂y ∂y
But = = ,
∂x g g2 ∂y g g 2
∂f ∂g
f g − f
∂ ∂z ∂z ⋅
and =
∂z g g2
f 1 ∂f ∂g ∂f ∂g ∂f ∂g
∴ ∇ = 2 i g − f + jg − f + k g − f
g g ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂z ∂z
1 ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂g ∂g ∂g
= 2
g i + j +k − f i + j +k
g ∂x ∂y ∂z ∂x ∂y ∂z
1
= 2 { g ∇f − f ∇g }.
g
= f ′ (r) ∇r .
∂r ∂r ∂r
(ii) We have ∇r = i + j +k ⋅
∂x ∂y ∂z
V-58
Now r 2 = x2 + y2 + z 2 .
∂r ∂r x
∴ 2r = 2 x i. e., = ⋅
∂x ∂x r
∂r y ∂r z
Similarly, = and = ⋅
∂y r ∂z r
x y z 1 1 ∧
∴ ∇r = i+ j + k = ( xi + yj + zk ) = r = r .
r r r r r
1 ∂r 1 ∂r 1 ∂r
= i − 2 + j − 2 + k − 2
r ∂x r ∂y r ∂z
1 ∂r ∂r ∂r
=− 2
i+ j+ k
r ∂ x ∂ y ∂ z
1 x y z 1 1
=− 2
i+ j + k = − 3 ( xi + yj + zk ) = − 3 r .
r r r r r r
[see part (ii)]
(v) We have ∇ log |r | = ∇ log r
∂ ∂ ∂
=i log r + j log r + k log r
∂x ∂y ∂z
1 ∂r 1 ∂r 1 ∂r 1 x y z
= i+ j+ k = i+ j + k
r ∂x r ∂y r ∂z r r r r
1 1
= ( xi + yj + zk ) = r.
r2 r2
∂ n ∂ n ∂ n
(vi) We have ∇r n = i r + j r +k r
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂r ∂r ∂r
= i nr n − 1 + j nr n − 1 + k nr n − 1
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂r ∂r ∂r
= nr n − 1 i + j +k = nr
n −1
∇r
∂x ∂y ∂z
V-59
1 ∵ ∇r = r as in part (ii)
= nr n − 1 r
r r
= nr n − 2 r .
Example 4: (i) Interpret the symbol a • ∇ (ii) Show that (a • ∇) φ = a • ∇ φ
(iii) Show that (a • ∇) r = a . (Kumaun 2008; Purvanchal 14)
Solution: (i) Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k . Then
∂ ∂ ∂
a • ∇ = (a1 i + a2 j + a3 k ) • i + j +k
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂ ∂ ∂
= a1 + a2 + a3 ⋅
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂ ∂ ∂
(ii) (a • ∇) φ = a1 + a2 + a3 φ.
∂ x ∂ y ∂ z
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
Also a • ∇φ = (a1 i + a2 j + a3 k ) • i+ j+ k
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
= a1 + a2 + a3 ⋅
∂x ∂y ∂z
Hence (a • ∇) φ = a • ∇φ.
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂r ∂r ∂r
(iii) (a • ∇) r = a1 + a2 + a3 r = a1 + a2 + a3 ⋅
∂ x ∂ y ∂ z ∂ x ∂ y ∂z
But r = xi + yj + zk .
∂r ∂r ∂r
∴ = i, = j, = k.
∂x ∂y ∂z
∴ (a • ∇) r = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k = a .
Comprehensive Exercise 1
x y
1. If F = e i + ( x − 2 y) j + x sin y k , calculate
∂F ∂F ∂2 F
(i) , (ii) , (iii) ,
∂x ∂y ∂x 2
∂2 F ∂2 F
(iv) , (v) ⋅
∂x ∂y ∂y 2
2. If f = (2 x 2 y − x 4 ) i + (e xy − y sin x) j + x 2 cos y k , verify that
∂2 f ∂2 f
= ⋅
∂y ∂x ∂x ∂y
V-60
2
3. If u = x y z i + x z j − y 3 k and v = x 3 i − x y z j + x 2 z k , calculate
∂2 u ∂2 v
× at the point (1, 1, 0).
∂y 2 ∂x 2
4. If φ ( x , y , z ) = x 2 y + y 2 x + z 2 , find ∇φ at the point (1, 1, 1).
5. Find grad f , where f is given by f = x 3 − y 3 + xz 2 , at the point (1, − 1, 2).
6. If φ ( x, y, z ) = xy 2 z and f = xzi − xyj + yz 2 k , show that
∂3
(φf ) at (2 , − 1, 1) is 4i + 2 j .
∂x 2 ∂z
7. If u = x + y + z , v = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 , w = yz + zx + xy, prove that
(grad u) • [(grad v) × (grad w)] = 0. (Meerut 2007B)
∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f
8. If F = y −z i + z − x j + x − y k , prove that
∂z ∂y ∂x ∂z ∂y ∂x
(i) F = r × ∇f , (ii) F • r = 0, (iii) F • ∇f = 0 .
2 1 /2 −1 /3 −3 /2 −7 /3
9. If φ = (3r − 4r + 6r ), show that ∇φ = 2 (3 − r −r )r.
10. Prove that ∇φ • d r = dφ . (Meerut 2005, 06, 09B; Kumaun 08)
11. Prove that f (u) ∇u = ∇ ∫ f (u) du .
(Kumaun 2012, 13)
12. ρ and p are two scalar point functions such that ρ is a function of p; show
dρ
that ∇ρ = ∇p .
dp
dφ dr
13. Show that = ∇φ • , where r = x i + y j + z k and φ is a function of
ds ds
x , y and z .
1 A•r
14. Prove that A • ∇ =− 3 ⋅
r r (Meerut 2010)
−3 −5
15. Prove that ∇r = − 3r r. (Meerut 2009, 12)
16. Show that
(i) grad (r • a) = a , (Avadh 2010)
(ii) grad [r , a , b] = a × b ,
where a and b are constant vectors.
A nswers 1
x y x y
1. (i) ye i + j + sin y k (ii) xe i − 2 j + x cos y k
2 x y x y
(iii) y e i (iv) e ( x y + 1) i + cos y k
V-61
x y
(v) x2 e i − x sin y k
3. − 36 j 4. 3i + 3 j + 2 k
5. 7i − 3 j + 4k
Theorem 1: Let f ( x , y , z ) be a scalar field over a region R . Then through any point of
R there passes one and only one level surface.
Proof: Let ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) be any point of the region R .
Then the level surface f ( x, y, z ) = f ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) passes through this point.
Now suppose the level surfaces f ( x , y , z ) = c1 and f ( x , y , z ) = c 2 pass through
the point ( x1 , y1 , z1 ). Then
f ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) = c1 and f ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) = c 2 .
Since f ( x, y, z ) has a unique value at ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), therefore we have c1 = c 2 .
Hence only one level surface passes through the point ( x1 , y1 , z1 ).
Theorem 2: ∇f is a vector normal to the surface f ( x , y , z ) = c where c is a constant.
dr dx dy dz ∧
∴ = i+ j+ k = a.
ds ds ds ds
∧ ∂f ∂f ∂f dx dy dz
Now ∇f • a = i + j +k • i + j+ k
∂x ∂y ∂z ds ds ds
∂f dx ∂f dy ∂f dz d f
= + + =
dx ds dy ds dz ds ds
∧
= directional derivative of f at P in the direction of a .
∂f ∂f ∂f
f ( x , y , z ) + lδs + mδ s + nδs +… − f ( x , y , z )
∂x ∂y ∂z
= lim ,
δs → 0 δs
df ∧
Now = directional derivative of f in the direction of n
dn
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
= ∇f • n = A n • n = A. [∵ ∇ f = grad f = A n ]
df ∧
∴ grad f = ∇ f = n.
dn
∧ df
Note: If the vector n is in the direction of f increasing, then is positive.
dn
Therefore ∇f is a vector normal to the surface f ( x , y , z ) = c in the direction of f
increasing.
Theorem 3: Grad f is a vector in the direction of which the maximum value of the
df
directional derivative of f i.e., occurs.
ds
∧
Proof: The directional derivative of f in the direction of a is given by
df ∧ df ∧ ∧ df ∧
=∇ f •a= n •a ∵ ∇f = n
ds dn dn
df ∧ ∧ df ∧ ∧
= (n • a ) = cos θ, where θ is the angle between a and n .
dn dn
df df
Now is fixed. Therefore cos θ is maximum when cos θ is maximum i. e., when
dn dn
∧ ∧ ∧
cos θ = 1 . But cos θ will be 1 when the angle between a and n is 0 i. e., when a is along
∧
the unit normal vector n .
Therefore the directional derivative is maximum along the normal to the surface.
df
Its maximum value is = = |grad f |.
dn
∂f ∂f ∂f
Then ∇f = i+ k is a vector along the normal to the surface at P i. e.,∇f
j+
∂x ∂y ∂z
is perpendicular to the tangent plane at P .
Tangent plane at P: Let R = X i + Y j + Z k be the position vector of any
current point Q ( X , Y , Z ) on the tangent plane at P to the surface. The vector
→
PQ = R − r = ( X − x) i + (Y − y) j + (Z − z ) k
lies in the tangent plane at P . Therefore it is perpendicular to the vector ∇f .
∴ (R − r) • ∇f = 0
∂f ∂f ∂f
or [( X − x) i + (Y − y) j + (Z − z ) k ] • i+ j+ k = 0
∂ x ∂ y ∂z
∂f ∂f ∂f
or ( X − x) + (Y − y) + (Z − z ) = 0, …(1)
∂x ∂y ∂z
is the equation of the tangent plane at P.
Normal at P: Let R = X i + Y j + Z k
be the position vector of any current point Q ( X , Y , Z ) on the normal at P to the
→
surface. The vector PQ = R − r = ( X − x) i + (Y − y) j + (Z − z ) k lies along the
normal at P to the surface. Therefore it is parallel to the vector ∇f .
∴ (R − r) × ∇f = 0 …(2)
is the vector equation of the normal at P to the given surface.
Cartesian form: The vectors
∂f ∂f ∂f
( X − x) i + (Y − y) j + (Z − z ) k and ∇ f = i+ j+ k,
∂x ∂y ∂z
will be parallel if
∂f ∂f ∂f
( X − x) i + (Y − y) j + (Z − z ) k = p i+ j+ k ,
∂x ∂y ∂z
where p is some scalar.
Equating the coefficients of i , j, k , we get
∂f ∂f ∂f
X − x= p ,Y − y = p ,Z − z = p
∂x ∂y ∂z
X − x Y − y Z −z
or = = …(3)
∂f ∂f ∂f
∂x ∂y ∂z
which are the equations of the normal at P.
∂F ∂F ∂F
Note: The vector , , is along the normal to the surface
∂x ∂y ∂z
F ( x, y, z ) = 0 at the point ( x, y, z ).
V-66
Example 5: Find a unit normal vector to the level surface x 2 y + 2 xz = 4 at the point
(2 , − 2 , 3). (Kashi 2014)
2
Solution: The equation of the level surface is f ( x, y, z ) ≡ x y + 2 xz = 4.
The vector grad f is along the normal to the surface at the point ( x , y , z ).
We have grad f = ∇ ( x 2 y + 2 xz ) = (2 x y + 2z ) i + x 2 j + 2 x k .
∴ at the point (2 , − 2 , 3), grad f = − 2 i + 4 j + 4k .
∴ −2 i + 4 j + 4 k is a vector along the normal to the given surface at the point
(2 , − 2 , 3).
Hence a unit normal vector to the surface at this point
−2 i + 4 j + 4 k −2 i + 4 j + 4 k 1 2 2
= = = − i + j+ k.
|−2 i + 4 j + 4 k| √ (4 + 16 + 16) 3 3 3
1 2 2 1 2 2
The vector − − i + j + k i. e., i − j − k is also a unit normal vector to
3 3 3 3 3 3
the given surface at the point (2 , − 2 , 3).
Alternate Solution: The given surface is
φ ( x, y, z ) ≡ x 2 y + 2 xz − 4 = 0.
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
We have = 2 x y + 2z , = x2 , = 2z .
∂x ∂y ∂z
∴ At the point (2, − 2, 3), we have
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
= − 2, = 4, = 4.
∂x ∂y ∂z
∴ A vector along the normal to the given surface at the point (2, − 2, 3)
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
= , , = (− 2, 4, 4) or (− 1, 2, 2).
∂x ∂y ∂z
∧
If a be the unit vector in the direction of the vector 2i − j − 2k , then
∧ 2i − j−2k 2 1 2
a= = i − j − k.
√ (4 + 1 + 4) 3 3 3
Therefore the required directional derivative is
df ∧ 2 1 2
= grad f • a = (8i − j − 10 k ) • i − j − k
ds 3 3 3
16 1 20 37
= + + = ⋅
3 3 3 3
Since this is positive, f is increasing in this direction.
Example 7: Find the directional derivative of the function f = x 2 − y 2 + 2z 2 at the
point P (1, 2 , 3) in the direction of the line PQ where Q is the point (5, 0, 4).
(Purvanchal 2007; Kashi 14)
Solution: Here
∂f ∂f ∂f
grad f = i+ j+ k
∂x ∂y ∂z
= 2 xi − 2 yj + 4zk = 2i − 4 j + 12k at the point (1, 2 , 3).
→
Also PQ = position vector of Q − position vector of P
= (5i + 0 j + 4k ) − (i + 2 j + 3k ) = 4i − 2 j + k .
∧ →
If a be the unit vector in the direction of the vector PQ , then
∧ 4i −2 j+ k 4i −2 j+ k
a= = ⋅
√ (16 + 4 + 1) √ (21)
∴ the required directional derivative
∧ 4i − 2 j + k
= (grad f ) • a = (2i − 4 j + 12 k ) •
√ (21)
28 28 4
= = √ (21) = √ (21).
√ (21) 21 3
Example 8: In what direction from the point (1, 1, − 1) is the directional derivative of
2 2
f = x −2y + 4z 2 a maximum ? Also find the value of this maximum directional
derivative. (Kanpur 2008)
Solution: We have
grad f = 2 x i − 4 y j + 8z k
= 2 i − 4 j − 8 k at the point (1, 1, − 1).
The directional derivative of f is maximum in the direction of grad f
=2i −4 j−8k.
The maximum value of this directional derivative
= |grad f | = |2 i − 4 j − 8 k | = √ (4 + 16 + 64) = √ (84) = 2 √ (21).
V-68
Example 9: What is the greatest rate of increase of u = xyz 2 at the point (1, 0 , 3) ?
Example 10: Find the equations of the tangent plane and normal to the surface
2 xz 2 − 3 xy − 4 x = 7 at the point (1, − 1, 2).
i. e., { ( X i + Y j + Z k ) − (i + 2 j + 2k )} • (4i + 2 j + 2k ) = 0
i. e., { ( X − 1) i + (Y − 2) j + (Z − 2) k} • (4i + 2 j + 2k ) = 0
i. e., 4 ( X − 1) + 2 (Y − 2) + 2 (Z − 2) = 0
i. e., 4 X + 2Y + 2 Z = 12 , i. e., 2 X + Y + Z = 6 .
The equations of the normal to the surface at the point (1, 2 , 2) are
X −1 Y − 2 Z − 2
= =
∂f ∂f ∂f
∂x ∂y ∂z
X −1 Y −2 Z −2 X −1 Y −2 Z −2
i. e., = = , i. e., = = ⋅
4 2 2 2 1 1
Example 12: Find the angle between the surfaces x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 9, and
2 2
z = x + y − 3 at the point (2 , − 1, 2). (Meerut 2001)
Solution: Angle between two surfaces at a point is the angle between the normals
to the surfaces at that point. Let f1 = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 and f 2 = x 2 + y 2 − z .
Then grad f1 = 2 x i + 2 y j + 2 z k and grad f 2 = 2 x i + 2 y j − k .
Let n1 = grad f1 at the point (2 , − 1, 2) and n 2 = grad f 2 at the point (2 , − 1, 2).
Then n1 = 4i − 2 j + 4k and n 2 = 4i − 2 j − k .
The vectors n1 and n 2 are along normals to the two surfaces at the point (2 , − 1, 2).
If θ is the angle between these vectors, then
n1 • n 2 = |n1||n 2| cos θ
or 16 + 4 − 4 = √ (16 + 4 + 16) √ (16 + 4 + 1) cos θ.
16 8
∴ cos θ = or θ = cos −1 ⋅
6 √ (21) 3 √ (21)
Comprehensive Exercise 2
1. (i) Find the gradient and the unit normal to the level surface
x 2 + y − z = 4 at the point (2 , 0, 0).
(ii) Find the unit normal to the surface z = x 2 + y 2 at the point
(−1, − 2 , 5).
2. (i) Find the unit vector normal to the surface x 2 − y 2 + z = 2 at the point
(1, − 1, 2).
(ii) Find the unit normal to the surface x 4 − 3 xyz + z 2 + 1 = 0 at the point
(1, 1, 1).
(iii) Find a unit normal vector to the surface x 2 y + 2 xz = 4 at the point
(2 , − 2 , 3).
V-70
9. (i) Find the equations of the tangent plane and the normal to the surface
x 2 + 2 y 2 + 3z 2 = 12 at the point (1, 2 , − 1).
(ii) Find the equations of the tangent plane and the normal to the surface
xy + yz + z x = 1, at the point (2, 3, − 1).
(iii) Find the equations of the tangent plane and the normal to the surface
z = x 2 − 2 xy − y 2 at the point (1, 2 , − 7).
(iv) Find the equation of the tangent plane to the surface x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 9
at (2 , − 1, 2).
(v) Find the equation of the tangent plane to the surface z = x 2 + y 2 at
the point (1, − 1, 2).
10. Show that the directional derivative of a scalar point function at any point
along any tangent line to the level surface at the point is zero.
11. If F and f are point functions, show that the components of the former,
tangential and normal to the level surface f = 0 are
∇f × (F × ∇f ) (F • ∇f ) ∇f
2
and ⋅
(∇f ) (∇f )2
A nswers 2
1 − (2i + 4 j + k)
1. (i) 4i + j − k ; (4 i + j − k ) (ii)
3 √2 √ (21)
1 i − 3j − k 1 2 2
2. (i) (2 i + 2 j + k ) (ii) (iii) − , ,
3 √ (11) 3 3 3
∂f ∂f ∂f
3. (i) , and in the directions of i , j and k
∂x ∂y ∂z
10 13 8
(ii) (iii) − (iv)
3 3 6
45 18
(v) (vi)
7 √ (14)
V-72
∂V ∂V ∂V
div V = ∇ • V = i • + j• +k • ⋅
∂x ∂y ∂z
Now V = V1 i + V2 j + V3 k .
∂V ∂V1 ∂V2 ∂V3
∴ = i+ j+ k.
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x
∂V ∂V ∂V2 ∂V3 ∂V1
∴ i• =i • 1 i + j+ k = ⋅
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x
∂V ∂V2 ∂V ∂V3
Similarly, j• = and k • = ⋅
∂y ∂y ∂z ∂z
∂V1 ∂V2 ∂V3
Hence, div V = + + ⋅
∂x ∂y ∂z
Solenoidal Vector: A vector V is said to be solenoidal if div V = 0.
∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f
= 2 k − 3 j + − 1 k + 3 i + 1 j − 2 i
∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂z ∂z
∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f
= 3 − 2 i + 1 − 3 j + 2 − 1 k.
∂y ∂z ∂z ∂x ∂x ∂y
Note: It should be noted that the expression for curl f can be written immediately
if we treat the operator ∇ as a vector quantity. Thus
∂ ∂ ∂
Curl f = ∇ × f = i + j +k × ( f1 i + f 2 j + f 3 k )
∂x ∂y ∂z
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
=
∂x ∂y ∂z
f f2 f3
1
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂
= ∂y ∂z i −
∂x ∂z
j + ∂x ∂y k
f2 f 3 f1 f 3 f1 f 2
∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f
= 3 − 2 i + 1 − 3 j + 2 − 1 k .
∂y ∂z ∂z ∂x ∂x ∂y
But we must take care that in the expansion of the determinant the operators
∂ ∂ ∂
, , must precede the functions f1 , f 2 , f 3 .
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂2 f ∂2 f ∂2 f
If f is a scalar point function, then ∇ 2 f = + + ⋅
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2
It should be noted that ∇ 2 f is also a scalar quantity.
∂2 f ∂2 f ∂2 f
If f is a vector point function, then ∇ 2 f = + + ⋅
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2
It should be noted that ∇ 2 f is also a vector quantity.
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
(ii) We have curl f = ∇ × f =
∂x ∂y ∂z
2
2 yz
x y −2 xz
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ 2
= (2 yz ) − (−2 xz ) i − (2 yz ) − ( x y) j
∂y ∂z ∂x ∂z
∂ ∂ 2
+ (− 2 xz ) − ( x y) k
∂x ∂y
= (2z + 2 x) i − 0 j + (−2z − x 2 ) k
= (2 x + 2z ) i − ( x 2 + 2z ) k .
(iii) We have curl curl f = ∇ × ( ∇ × f ) = ∇ × [(2 x + 2z ) i − ( x 2 + 2z ) k ]
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
=
∂x ∂y ∂z
2 x + 2z 0 − x 2 − 2z
∂ ∂ ∂
= (− x 2 − 2z ) i − (− x 2 − 2z ) − (2 x + 2z ) j
∂ y ∂ x ∂ z
∂
+ 0 − (2 x + 2z ) k
∂y
= 0 i − (−2 x − 2) j + (0 − 0) k = (2 x + 2) j.
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂
= ( x − y) − ( x cos y − z ) i − ( x − y) − (sin y + z ) j
∂ y ∂ z ∂ x ∂ z
∂ ∂
+ ( x cos y − z ) − (sin y + z ) k
∂x ∂y
= (−1 + 1) i − (1 − 1) j + (cos y − cos y) k = 0.
∴ V is irrotational.
(ii) We have
V-78
∂V ∂V ∂V
curl V = i × + j× +k ×
∂x ∂y ∂z
= i × 0 + j × 0 + k × 0 = 0.
= 0 + 0 + 0 = 0.
(ii) curl (r × a) = ∇ × (r × a)
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
=
∂ x ∂y ∂z
a3 y − a2 z a1 z − a3 x a2 x − a1 y
∂ ∂
= (a2 x − a1 y) − (a1 z − a3 x) i
∂y ∂z
∂ ∂
− (a2 x − a1 y) − (a3 y − a2 z ) j
∂ x ∂ z
∂ ∂
+ (a1 z − a3 x) − (a3 y − a2 z ) k
∂x ∂y
= − 2a1 i − 2a2 j − 2a3 k = − 2 (a1 i + a2 j + a3 k ) = − 2a .
∂ ∂ xyz ∂ ∂ xyz
= (e xyz ) − (e ) i − (e xyz ) − (e ) j
∂y ∂z ∂x ∂z
∂ ∂ xyz
+ (e xyz ) − (e ) k
∂x ∂y
= e xyz ( xz − x y) i + e xyz ( x y − yz ) j + e xyz ( yz − xz ) k .
Solution: We have
∂ ∂ ∂ 2 2 2
div f = ∇ • f = i + j +k • (2 x z i − xy z j + 3 y x k )
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂ ∂ ∂
= (2 x 2 z ) + (− xy 2 z ) + (3 y 2 x)
∂x ∂y ∂z
= 4 xz − 2 xyz + 0 = 2 xz (2 − y).
Example 23: Show that ∇ 2 ( x / r 3 ) = 0. (Kumaun 2008)
2
x ∂ ∂2 ∂2 x
Solution: ∇ 2 3 = 2 + 2 + 2 3⋅
r ∂x ∂y ∂z r
∂2 x ∂ ∂ x ∂ 1 3 x ∂r
Now = = − 4
∂x 2 r 3 ∂x ∂x r 3 ∂x r 3 r ∂x
∂ 1 3 x x 2 2 2 2 ∂r x
=
∂x r 3
− 4
r r ∵ r = x + y + z gives ∂x = r
∂ 1 3 x2 3 ∂r 6 x 15 x 2 ∂r
= 3 − 5 =− 4 − + 6
∂x r r r ∂x r 5 r ∂x
3 x 6 x 15 x 2 x 9 x 15 x 3
=− − + = − + 7 ⋅
r4 r r5 r6 r r5 r
∂2 x ∂ ∂ x ∂ 3 x ∂r
Again 2 = 3 = −
∂y r ∂y ∂y r ∂y r 4 ∂y
3
∂ 3x y ∂r y
= − ∵ =
∂y r 4 r ∂y r
2
∂ 3 xy 3 x 15 xy ∂r 3 x 15 x y
= − 5 = − 5 + = − + ⋅
∂y r r r 6 ∂y r5 r7
∂2 x 3 x 15 xz 2
Similarly = − + ⋅
∂z 2 r 3 r5 r7
Therefore, adding we get
2
x ∂ ∂2 ∂2 x
∇ 2 3 = 2 + 2 + 2 3
r ∂x ∂y ∂z r
V-80
9x 15 x 3 3x 15 xy 2 3x 15 xz 2
=− + − + − +
r5 r7 r5 r7 r5 r7
15 x 15 x 15 x 15 x
=− 5
+ 7
(x2 + y2 + z 2 ) = − 5 + 7 r 2 = 0.
r r r r
Comprehensive Exercise 3
(ii) If f = ( y 2 + z 2 − x 2 ) i + (z 2 + x 2 − y 2 ) j + ( x 2 + y 2 − z 2 ) k ,
find div f and curl f .
(iii) If f = xy 2 i + 2 x 2 yz j − 3 yz 2 k , find div f and curl f . What are
their values at the point (1, − 1, 1) ? (Rohilkhand 2005)
3 3 3
2. Find div F and curl F where F = grad ( x + y +z − 3 xyz ).
(Rohilkhand 2007)
3. Find the divergence and curl of the vector
f = ( x 2 − y 2 ) i + 2 xyj + ( y 2 − xy) k . (Bundelkhand 2004)
3 2 4
4. Given φ = 2 x y z , find div (grad φ).
5. If u = x 2 − y 2 + 4z , show that ∇ 2 u = 0.
A nswers 3
1. (i) − 3 ; − 6i
(ii) − 2 ( x + y + z ) ; 2 ( y − z ) i + 2 (z − x) j + 2 ( x − y) k
V-81
11 Vector Identities
1. Prove that div (A + B) = div A + div B or ∇ • (A + B) = ∇ • A + ∇ • B .
Proof: We have
∂ ∂ ∂
div (A + B) = ∇ • (A + B) = i + j +k • (A + B)
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂ ∂ ∂
=i• (A + B) + j • (A + B) + k • (A + B)
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂A ∂B ∂A ∂B ∂A ∂B
=i • + + j• + +k • +
∂x ∂x ∂ y ∂ y ∂z ∂z
∂A ∂A ∂A ∂B ∂B ∂B
= i • + j• +k • + i • + j• +k •
∂x ∂y ∂z ∂x ∂y ∂z
= ∇ • A + ∇ • B = div A + div B .
2. Prove that curl (A + B) = curl A + curl B or ∇ × (A + B) = ∇ × A + ∇ × B .
(Rohilkhand 2008)
∂ ∂ ∂
=i• (φA) + j • (φA) + k • (φA)
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂ ∂φ ∂A
= Σ i • (φA) = Σ i • A+φ
∂x ∂x ∂x
∂φ ∂A
= Σ i • A + Σ i • φ
∂ x ∂x
∂φ
∂A
= Σ i • A + Σ φ i •
∂x
∂x
[ ∵ a • (mb) = (ma) • b = m (a • b)]
∂φ ∂A
= Σ i • A + φ Σ i • = (∇φ) • A + φ (∇ • A).
∂x ∂x
4. Prove that curl (φA) = ( grad φ) × A + φ curl A
or ∇ × (φA) = (∇φ) × A + φ (∇ × A).
(Garhwal 2002, 03; Bundelkhand 06)
∂ ∂ ∂
Proof: We have curl (φA) = ∇ × (φA) = i + j +k × (φA)
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂ ∂φ ∂A
= Σ i × (φA) = Σ i × A+φ
∂x ∂x ∂x
∂φ ∂A
= Σ i × A + Σ i × φ
∂x ∂x
∂φ ∂A
= Σ i × A + Σ φ i ×
∂x ∂x
[∵ a × (mb) = (ma) × b = m (a × b)]
∂φ ∂A
= Σ i × A + φ Σ i × = (∇φ) × A + φ (∇ × A).
∂x ∂x
5. Prove that div (A × B) = B • curl A − A • curl B
or ∇ • (A × B) = B • (∇ × A) − A • (∇ × B).
(Garhwal 2003; Agra 05; Meerut 04, 05B, 08, 09;
Bundelkhand 05, 07; Kashi 13; Avadh 09)
Proof: We have
∂ ∂A ∂B
div (A × B) = Σ i • (A × B) = Σ i • ×B+A×
∂x ∂x ∂x
∂A ∂B
= Σ i • × B + Σ i • A ×
∂x ∂x
∂A ∂B
= Σ i × • B − Σ i • × A
∂x ∂x
[∵ a • (b × c) = (a × b) • c and a • (b × c) = – a • (c × b)]
V-83
∂A ∂B
= Σ i × • B − Σ i × • A
∂x ∂x
∂B
= (curl A) • B − Σ i × • A
∂x
= (curl A) • B − (curl B) • A = B • curl A − A • curl B.
6. Prove that curl (A × B) = (B • ∇) A − B div A − (A • ∇) B + A div B.
(Garhwal 2001; Meerut 06B; Kumaun 09, 11, 12)
Proof: We have curl (A × B) = ∇ × (A × B)
∂ ∂B ∂A
= Σ i × (A × B) = Σ i × A × + × B
∂x ∂ x ∂ x
∂B ∂A
= Σ i × A × + Σ i × × B
∂ x ∂ x
∂B ∂B ∂A ∂A
= Σ i • A − (i • A) + Σ (i • B) − i • B
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x
∂B ∂B
= Σ i • A − Σ (A • i)
∂x ∂x
∂A ∂A
+ Σ (B • i) − Σ i • B
∂ x ∂x
∂B ∂ ∂
= Σ i • A − A • Σ i B + B • Σ i A
∂x ∂x ∂x
∂A
− Σ i • B
∂x
= (div B) A − (A • ∇) B + (B • ∇) A − (div A) B .
Proof: We have
∂ ∂B ∂A
grad (A • B) = ∇ (A • B) = Σ i (A • B) = Σ i A • + • B
∂x ∂x ∂x
∂B ∂A
= Σ A • i + Σ B • i ⋅ …(1)
∂x ∂x
Now we know that a × (b × c) = (a • c) b - (a • b) c .
∴ (a • b) c = (a • c) b - a × (b × c).
∂B ∂B ∂B
∴ A • i = (A • i) −A× × i
∂x ∂x ∂x
∂B ∂B
= (A • i) + A × i × ⋅
∂x ∂x
V-84
∂B ∂B ∂B
Thus Σ A • i = Σ (A • i) + Σ A × i ×
∂x ∂x ∂x
∂ ∂B
= A • Σ i B + A × Σ i ×
∂ x ∂x
= (A • ∇) B + A × (∇ × B). …(2)
∂A
Similarly Σ B • i = (B • ∇) A + B × (∇ × A). …(3)
∂x
Putting the values from (2) and (3) in (1), we get
grad (A • B) = (A • ∇ ) B + A × (∇ × B) + (B • ∇ ) A + B × (∇ × A).
Note: If we put A in place of B , then
grad (A • A) = 2 (A • ∇) A + 2A × (∇ × A)
1
or grad A2 = (A • ∇) A + A × curl A.
2
∂2 φ ∂2 φ ∂2 φ ∂2 ∂2 ∂2
= + + = 2 + 2 + 2 φ = ∇ 2 φ.
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2 ∂x ∂y ∂z
9. Prove that curl of the gradient of φ is zero i. e., ∇ × (∇φ) = 0 , i. e., curl grad φ = 0 .
(Bundelkhand 2014)
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
Proof: We have grad φ = i+ j+ k.
∂x ∂y ∂z
∴ curl grad φ = ∇ × grad φ
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
= i + j +k × i+ j+ k
∂x ∂y ∂z ∂x ∂y ∂z
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
= ∂x ∂y ∂z
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂2 φ ∂2 φ ∂2 φ ∂2 φ ∂2 φ ∂2 φ
= − i+ − j+ − k
∂y ∂z ∂z ∂y ∂z ∂x ∂x ∂z ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
V-85
= 0 i + 0 j + 0 k = 0,
provided we suppose that φ has continuous second partial derivatives so that the
order of differentiation is immaterial.
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
curl A = ∇ × A =
∂x ∂y ∂y
A1 A2 A3
∂A3 ∂A2 ∂A1 ∂A3 ∂A2 ∂A1
= − i + − j+ − k.
∂y ∂z ∂z ∂x ∂x ∂y
∂ 2 A3 ∂ 2 A2 ∂ 2 A1 ∂ 2 A3 ∂ 2 A2 ∂ 2 A1
= − + − + −
∂x ∂y ∂x ∂z ∂y ∂z ∂y ∂x ∂z ∂x ∂z ∂y
= 0 , assuming that A has continuous second partial derivatives.
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
Then ∇ × A =
∂x ∂y ∂z
A1 A2 A3
∂A3 ∂A2 ∂A1 ∂A3 ∂A2 ∂A1
= − i + − j+ − k.
∂y ∂z ∂z ∂x ∂x ∂y
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
∴ ∇ × (∇ × A) =
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂A3 ∂A2 ∂A1 ∂A3 ∂A2 ∂A1
− − −
∂y ∂z ∂z ∂x ∂x ∂y
V-86
Solution: We have
div (φA) = φ (div A) + A • grad φ .
Putting A = r and φ = r n in this identity, we get
V- 87
1 x ∂r 1 y ∂r 1 z ∂r
= − 2 + − 2 + − ⋅
r r ∂x r r ∂y r r 2 ∂z
Now r 2 = x2 + y2 + z 2 .
∂r ∂r x
∴ 2r = 2 x i. e., = ⋅
∂x ∂x r
∂r y ∂r z
Similarly = and = ⋅
∂y r ∂z r
∧ 3 x x y y z z
∴ div r= − 2 + 2 + 2
r r r r r r r
V-88
2 2 2
3 x + y +z 3 r2 3 1 2
= − = − = − = ⋅
r r3 r r3 r r r
2
Example 28: Prove that ∇ 2 f (r) = f ′ ′ (r) + f ′ (r).
r (Meerut 2003, 05, 06B)
Solution: We know that if φ is a scalar function, then ∇ 2 φ = ∇ • (∇φ).
∴ ∇ 2 f (r) = ∇ • {∇f (r)} = div { grad f (r) }
1
= div { f ′ (r) grad r} = div f ′ (r) r
r
1 1
= f ′ (r) div r + r • grad f ′ (r)
r r
3 d 1
= f ′ (r) + r • f ′ (r) grad r
r dr r
3 1 1 1
= f ′ (r) + r • − 2 f ′ (r) + f ′ ′ (r) r
r r r r
3 1 1 1
= f ′ (r) + − 2 f ′ (r) + f ′ ′ (r) (r • r)
r r r r
3 1 1 1 2
= f ′ (r) +
r − 2 f ′ (r) + r f ′ ′ (r) r
r r
3 1 2
= f ′ (r) − f ′ (r) + f ′ ′ (r) = f ′ ′ (r) + f ′ (r).
r r r
1 1
Example 29: Prove that ∇ 2 = 0 or div grad =0.
r r
( Agra 2002; Meerut 07, 13)
Solution: We have
1 1 1
∇ 2 = ∇ • ∇ = div grad
r r r
1 1 1 1
= div − 2 grad r = div − 2 r = div − 3 r
r r r r
1 1 3 d 1
= − 3 div r + r • grad − 3 = − 3 + r • − 3 grad r
r r r dr r
3 3 1 3 3 3 3
=− 3
+r • 4 r = − 3 + 5 (r • r) = − 3 + 5 r 2 = 0 .
r r r r r r r
∴ 1 / r is a solution of Laplace’s equation.
Example 30: Prove that div grad r n = n (n + 1) r n − 2 , i. e., ∇ 2 r n = n (n + 1) r n − 2 .
(Bundelkhand 2005, 10; Meerut 2000, 08; Avadh 10; Agra 14)
Solution: We have ∇ 2 r n = ∇ • (∇r n ) = div (grad r n )
V-89
1
= div (nr n − 1 grad r) = div nr n − 1 r = div (nr n − 2 r)
r
= (nr n − 2 ) div r + r • (grad nr n − 2 )
= 3nr n − 2 + r • [n (n − 2) r n − 3 grad r]
1
= 3nr n − 2 + r • n (n − 2) r n − 3 r
r
= 3nr n − 2 + r • [n (n − 2) r n − 4 r] = 3nr n − 2 + n (n − 2) r n − 4 (r • r)
= 3nr n − 2 + n (n − 2) r n − 4 r 2 = nr n − 2 (3 + n − 2) = n (n + 1) r n − 2 .
Note: If n = − 1, then ∇ 2 (r −1
) = (−1)(−1 + 1) r −3 = 0.
1 3
Example 31: Prove that ∇ • r ∇ 3 = 4 or, div [r grad r −3 ] = 3r −4 .
r r (Meerut 2009B)
1
Solution: We have ∇ 3 = grad r −3
r
∂ −3 ∂ −3 ∂ −3
= (r ) i + (r ) j + (r ) k .
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂ −3 ∂r
Now (r ) = − 3r − 4 ⋅
∂x ∂x
But r 2 = x2 + y2 + z 2 .
∂r ∂r x
Therefore 2r = 2x or = ⋅
∂x ∂x r
∂ −3 x
So (r ) = − 3r − 4 = − 3r −5 x .
∂x r
∂ −3 ∂ −3
Similarly (r ) = − 3r −5 y and (r ) = − 3r −5 z .
∂y ∂z
1
Therefore ∇ 3 = − 3r −5 ( x i + yj + zk ).
r
1
∴ r ∇ 3 = − 3r − 4 ( xi + yj + zk ).
r
1 ∂ ∂ ∂
∴ ∇ • r ∇ 3 = (−3r − 4 x) + (− 3r − 4 y) + (−3r − 4 z ).
r ∂ x ∂ y ∂ z
∂ ∂r
Now (−3r − 4 x) = 12r −5 x − 3r − 4
∂x ∂x
x
= 12r −5 x − 3r − 4 = 12r −6 x 2 − 3r − 4 .
r
∂
Similarly (−3r − 4 y) = 12r − 6 y 2 − 3r − 4
∂y
∂
and (−3r − 4 z ) = 12r − 6 z 2 − 3r − 4 .
∂z
V-90
1
Hence ∇ • r ∇ 3 = 12 r − 6 ( x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) − 9r − 4
r
= 12 r −6 r 2 − 9r − 4 = 12 r − 4 − 9r − 4 = 3r − 4 .
Example 32: If a is a constant vector, prove that div { r n (a × r)} = 0.(Kanpur 2008)
∂ a × r 3 ∂r 1 ∂r 1 ∂a
Now =− 4 (a × r) + 3 a × + 3 × r …(1)
∂x r 3 r ∂ x r ∂ x r ∂ x
∂a
Now = 0 because a is a constant vector.
∂x
∂r
Also r = x i + y j+ z k. ∴ =i.
∂x
∂r x
Further = ⋅
∂x r
∂ a × r 3 x 1
∴ (1) becomes =− 4 (a × r) + 3 (a × i)
∂x r 3 r r r
V-92
3x 1
=− (a × r) + (a × i).
r5 r3
∂ a × r 3x 1
∴ i× = − 5 i × (a × r) + 3 i × (a × i)
∂x r 3 r r
3x 1
= − 5 [(i • r) a – (i • a) r] + 3 [(i • i) a − (i • a) i]
r r
3x 3x 1 1
= − 5 xa + 5 a1 r + 3 a − 3 a1 i
r r r r
[∵ i • r = x and i • a = a1 if a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k ]
3 x2 3 1 1
=− 5
a+ 5
a1 xr + 3
a− a1 i .
r r r r3
∂ a × r
∴ Σ i ×
∂ x r3
3 3 3 1
= − 5 Σ x 2 a + 5 Σ a1 x r + 3 a − 3 Σ a1 i
r r r r
3 2 3 3 1
= − 5 r a + 5 (r • a) r + 3 a − 3 a
r r r r
[∵ Σ x 2 = r 2 , Σ a1 x = r • a , Σ a1 i = a]
a 3
=− 3
+ (a • r) r .
r r5
Comprehensive Exercise 4
5. (i) Given that ρ F = ∇p, where ρ, p, F are point functions, prove that
F • curl F = 0.
(ii) A vector function f is the product of a scalar function and the gradient
of a scalar function. Show that f • curl f = 0.
1
(iii) Show that curl a φ (r) = φ′ (r) r × a , where a is a constant vector.
r
n n n−2
6. (i) Prove that curl [r (a × r)] = (n + 2) r a − nr (r • a) r,
where a is a constant vector. (Kumaun 2008)
2 n n−2
(ii) Prove that ∇ (r r) = n (n + 3) r r.
n
7. (i) Prove that curl grad r = 0. (Avadh 2010; Kanpur 11)
c1
(ii) If ∇ 2 f (r) = 0 , show that f (r) = + c2 ,
r
where r 2 = x 2 + y 2 + z 2
and c1 , c 2 are arbitrary constants.
1 3 (a • r) (b • r) a • b
(iv) Prove that b • ∇ a • ∇ = − ,
r r5 r3
where a and b are constant vectors. (Kumaun 2015)
14. Evaluate div {a × (r × a)}, where a is a constant vector. (Kanpur 2007)
f (r) r 1 d 2
15. (i) Prove that div = (r f ).
r r 2 dr (Kumaun 2007, 14)
1 2
(ii) Prove that ∇ a = (a • ∇) a + a × curl a .
2
16. Prove that curl [r × (a × r)] = 3r × a , where a is a constant vector.
17. Prove that ∇ × (F × r) = 2F − (∇ • F) r + (r • ∇) F. (Kumaun 2015)
18. If a and b are constant vectors, prove that
grad [(r × a) • (r × b)] = (b × r) × a + (a × r) × b. (Kumaun 2015)
A nswers 4
2
1. (iii) (2 − r) e − r r ; (2 − r) e − r r 12. − r
r3
14. 2 a2
1
4. ∇ 2 =
r
(a) −2 / r 3 (b) 0
3
(c) 2 / r (d) none of these
(Kumaun 2014)
5. If r = xi + yj + zk and a is a constant vector, then curl (r × a) is
(a) − a (b) − 3a
(c) − 2 a (d) none of these
^
6. The value of div r is
(a) 2 / r (b) 0
(c) 1 / r (d) none of these (Agra 2014)
7. The V is a constant vector, then div V is :
(a) 3 (b) 3V
(c) 0 (d) none of these
(Kumaun 2007, 11)
2
8. If f = x yi − 2 xzj + 2 yzk , then div f is equal to
(a) 2 x ( x + 1) (b) 2 y ( x + 1)
(c) y ( y + 1) (d) none of these
(Kumaun 2008)
9. ∇ × (∇ f ) is equal to
(a) ∇ 2 f (b) 0
(c) 0 (d) none of these
(Kumaun 2010)
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
1. If r = xi + yj + zk , then r is solenoidal.
2. If V is a constant vector, then div V = 0. (Rohilkhand 2005)
2 2
3. If F = 2 xyz i + y zj − 2 yz k , then F is irrotational.
4. If φ is a differentiable scalar function, then curl grad φ = 0.
5. If φ is a differentiable scalar function then div grad φ = ∇ 2 φ .
6. ∇ • (A × B) = A • (∇ × B) − B • (∇ × A).
7. A function which satisfies Laplace’s equation is called a harmonic function.
A nswers
True or False
1. F 2. T 3. F
4. T 5. T 6. F
7. T
¨
V-97
I ntegration of V ectors
Note: From this theorem we conclude that the definition of the integral of a
vector function implies the definition of integrals of three scalar functions which
are the components of that vector function. Thus in order to integrate a vector
function we should integrate its components.
Therefore dr • s + r • ds dt = r • s + c ,
∫ dt dt
where c is the constant of integration. It should be noted that c is here a scalar
quantity since the integrand is also scalar.
d 2 dr 2 r • dr dt = r 2 + c .
2. We have (r ) = 2r • ⋅ Therefore ∫
dt dt dt
Here the constant of integration c is a scalar quantity.
2
d dr dr d2 r
3. We have =2 • ⋅
dt dt dt dt 2
dr d2 r dr 2
Therefore we have ∫ 2 • 2 dt = + c .
dt dt dt
6. If r = |r | and ^
r is a unit vector in the direction of r, then
d ^ d 1 1 d r 1 dr
(r)= r = − 2 r.
dt
dt r r dt r dt
1 dr 1 dr
Therefore ∫ − r dt = ^
r + c.
r dt r 2 dt
7. If c is a constant scalar and r a vector function of a scalar t ,then obviously
∫ cr dt = c ∫ r dt .
8. If r and s are two vector functions of the scalar t , then obviously
∫ (r + s) dt = ∫ r dt + ∫ s dt.
V-100
2 d2 r
Example 1: Evaluate ∫ r× dt, where r = 2t 2 i + t j − 3t 3 k .
1 dt 2
(Bundelkhand 2004; Kumaun 08; Kanpur 13)
Solution: Given r = 2t 2 i + t j − 3t 3 k .
dr d2 r
∴ = 4t i + j − 9t 2 k and = 4i + 0 j − 18tk .
dt dt 2
d2 r
∴ r× = (2t 2 i + tj − 3t 3 k ) × (4i + 0 j − 18tk )
dt 2
i j k
= 2t 2 t − 3t 3
4 0 −18t
d2 r dr
Solution: We have ∫ r × 2 dt = r × + c.
dt dt
2 d2 r dr 2
∴ ∫1 r × 2 dt = r × ⋅
dt dt 1
dr dr
Let us now find r × ⋅ We have = 10 t i + j − 3t 2 k .
dt dt
dr
∴ r× = (5t 2 i + t j − t 3 k ) × (10 t i + j − 3t 2 k )
dt
i j k
2
= 5t t − t 3 = − 2t 3 i + 5t 4 j − 5t 2 k .
10 t 1 − 3 t 2
2 d2 r 2
∴ ∫1 dt
[
r × 2 dt = −2t 3 i + 5t 4 j − 5t 2 k ]1
2 2 2
[
= − 2t 3 ] 1 [ ]
i + 5t 4
1 [ ]
j − 5t 2
1
k
= − 14i + 75 j − 15k.
2i − j + 2k , when t = 2
Example 4: Given that r (t) =
4i − 2 j + 3k , when t = 3,
show that ∫
3 r • dr dt = 10.
2 dt (Meerut 2003, 13B; Bundelkhand 08;
Kanpur 09, 11; Agra 06; Avadh 10; Purvanchal 13)
3
Solution: We have r • dr dt = 1 r 2 ⋅
∫ dt 2 2
When t = 3, r = 4i − 2 j + 3k .
∴ when t = 3, r 2 = (4i − 2 j + 3k ) • (4i − 2 j + 3k ) = 16 + 4 + 9 = 29.
When t = 2 , r = 2i − j + 2k .
∴ when t = 2 , r 2 = 4 + 1 + 4 = 9.
∴
3 r • dr dt = 1 [29 − 9] = 10.
∫2 dt 2
Example 5: The acceleration of a particle at any time t ≥ 0 is given by
dv
a= = 12 cos 2t i − 8 sin 2t j + 16 t k .
dt
If the velocity v and displacement r are zero at t = 0, find v and r at any time.
(Agra 2007)
dv
Solution: We have = 12 cos 2t i − 8 sin 2t j + 16t k .
dt
Integrating, we get
V-102
or v = 6 sin 2t i + 4 cos 2t j + 8t 2 k + c.
When t = 0, v = 0.
∴ 0 = 0 i + 4 j + 0 k + c or c = − 4 j.
dr
∴ v= = 6 sin 2t i + (4 cos 2t − 4) j + 8t 2 k .
dt
Integrating, we get
2
r = i ∫ 6 sin 2t dt + j ∫ (4 cos 2t − 4) dt + k ∫ 8t dt
8 3
= − 3 cos 2t i + (2 sin 2t − 4t) j + t k + d,
3
where d is constant.
When t = 0, r = 0.
∴ 0 = − 3i + 0 j + 0 k + d . ∴ d = 3i .
8 3
∴ r = − 3 cos 2t i + (2 sin 2t − 4t) j + t k + 3i
3
8
= (3 − 3 cos 2t) i + (2 sin 2t − 4t) j + t 3 k .
3
Comprehensive Exercise 1
2
1. If f (t) = (t − t 2 ) i + 2 t 3 j − 3k , find (i) ∫ f (t) dt (ii) ∫1 f (t) dt.
1
2. Evaluate ∫ e t i + e −2 t j + t k) dt . (Garhwal 2001, 02)
0
1
3. If f (t) = t i + (t 2 − 2 t) j + (3t 2 + 3t 3 ) k , find ∫ f (t) dt.
0
d2 r
6. Find the value of r satisfying the equation = 6ti − 24t 2 j + 4 sin t k ,
dt 2
given that r = 2i + j and dr / dt = − i − 3 k at t = 0.
(Agra 2001; Meerut 11)
7. The acceleration of a particle at any time t is e i + e2 t j + k .
t
d2 r
9. Integrate = − nr 2 .
dt 2 (Kumaun 2009)
A nswers 1
t 2 t 3 t4 5 15
1. (i) + i+ j − 3t k + c (ii) − i+ j−3k
2 3 2 6 2
1 1 1 2 7
2. (e − 1) i − (e −2 − 1) j + k 3. i − j+ k
2 2 2 3 4
40 64
4. (i) 12 (ii) − 24 i − j+ k
3 5
1 2 1 2
5. (i) t a + tu (ii) t a
2 2
6. r = (t 3 − t + 2) i + (1 − 2t 4 ) j + (t − 4 sin t) k
1 2t
7. et i + (e + 1) j + t k 8. 0
2
9. − n2 r 2 + c
1 2 7 1 2 7
(a) i + j+ k (b) i − j+ k
2 3 4 2 3 4
1 2 7
(c) − i − j + k (d) None of these
2 3 4
(Bundelkhand 2001)
V-104
1
2. If r = t i − t 2 j + (t − 1) k , and s = 2t 2 i + 6t k , then the value of ∫ r • s dt is
0
(a) 10 (b) 12
(c) 15 (d) None of these
(Kumaun 2007, 10)
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
dr d2 r dr 2
1. ∫ 2 • 2 dt = + c .
dt dt dt
1
2. The value of ∫ (e t i + e − 2 t j + t k ) dt is (e − 1) i − (e − 2 − 1) j + k .
0
A nswers
True or False
1. T 2. F
¨
Line Integrals
V-105
Line Integrals
to this curve at the point r. Suppose the function r (t) is continuous and has a
continuous first derivative not equal to zero vector for all values of t under
consideration. Then the curve C possesses a unique tangent at each of its points. A
curve satisfying these assumptions is called a smooth curve.
A curve C is said to be
piecewise smooth if it is
composed of a finite number
of smooth curves. The curve
C in the adjoining figure is
piecewise smooth as it is
composed of three smooth curves C1 , C2 and C3 . The circle is a smooth closed
curve while the curve consisting of the four sides of a rectangle is a piecewise
smooth closed curve.
Smooth surface. Suppose S is a surface which has a unique normal at each of its
points and the direction of this normal depends continuously on the points of S.
Then S is called a smooth surface.
If a surface S is not smooth but can be subdivided into a finite number of smooth
surfaces, then it is called a piecewise smooth surface. The surface of a sphere is
smooth while the surface of a cube is piecewise
smooth.
Classification of regions. A region R in which
every closed curve can be contracted to a point
without passing out of the region is called a
simply connected region. Otherwise the region
R is multiply-connected. The region interior to a
circle is a simply-connected plane region. The
region interior to a sphere is a simply-connected
region in space. The region between two
concentric circles lying in the same plane is a
multiply-connected plane region.
If we take a closed curve in this region surrounding the inner circle, then it cannot
be contracted to a point without passing out of the region. Therefore the region is
not simply-connected. However the region between two concentric spheres is a
simply-connected region in space. The region between two infinitely long coaxial
cylinders is a multiply-connected region in space.
2 Line Integrals
(Avadh 2014)
Any integral which is to be evaluated along a curve is called a line integral.
V-107
Suppose r (t) = x (t) i + y (t) j + z (t) k ,where r (t) is the position vector of ( x, y, z )
i. e., r (t) = x i + y j + z k , defines a piecewise smooth curve joining two points A
and B. Let t = t1 at A and t = t2 at B. Suppose F( x, y, z ) = F1 i + F2 j + F3 k is a vector
point function defined and continuous along C. If s denotes the arc length of the
dr
curve C, then = t is a unit vector along the tangent to the curve C at the point r.
ds
dr dr
The component of the vector F along this tangent is F • . The integral of F •
ds ds
along C from A to B written as
B dr B
∫ A F • ds ds = ∫ A F • dr = ∫ C F • dr
is an example of a line integral. It is called the tangent line integral of F along C.
Since r = x i + y j + z k , therefore, dr = dx i + dy j + dz k .
∴ F • dr = ( F1 i + F2 j + F3 k ) • (dx i + dy j + dz k )
= F1 dx + F2 dy + F3 dz .
Therefore in components form the above line integral is written as
∫C F • dr = ∫C ( F1 dx + F2 dy + F3 dz ).
The parametric equations of the curve C are x = x(t), y = y(t) and z = z (t).
Therefore we may write
t2 dx dy dz
∫C F • dr = ∫t 1 F1 dt + F2 dt + F3 dt dt.
Circulation: If C is a simple closed curve ( i.e. a curve which does not intersect itself
anywhere), then the tangent line integral of F around C is called the circulation of F about C.
It is often denoted by
∫ F • dr = ∫ ( F1 dx + F2 dy + F3 dz ).
Work done by a Force. Suppose a force F acts upon a particle. Let the particle be
displaced along a given path C in space. If r denotes the position vector of a point
dr
on C,then is a unit vector along the tangent to C at the point r in the direction of s
ds
dr
increasing. The component of force F along tangent to C is F • . Therefore the
ds
dr
work done by F during a small displacement ds of the particle along C is F • ds
ds
i. e., F • dr. The total work W done by F in this displacement along C, is given by the
line integral
W= ∫C F • dr,
Solution: We shall illustrate two methods for the solution of such a problem.
Method 1. The curve C is the parabola y = x 2 from (0, 0) to (1, 1).
Let x = t ; then y = t 2 . If r is the position vector of any point ( x, y) on C, then
dr
r (t) = xi + yj = ti + t 2 j . ∴ = i + 2tj.
dt
Also in terms of t, F = t 2 i + t 6 j.
At the point (0, 0), t = x = 0. At the point (1, 1), t = 1.
dr 1 2 6
∴ ∫ C F • dr = ∫ C F • dt dt = ∫0 (t i + t j) • (i + 2t j) dt
1
1 2 7 t3 2t 8 1 1 7
= ∫ t + 2t ) dt = + = + = .
0
3 8 0 3 4 12
Method 2: In the xy-plane we have r = xi + yj .
∴ dr = dxi + dyj.
y = 2 x 2 , from (0, 0) to (1, 2). (Garhwal 2001, 02; Kumaun 07; Rohilkhand 12)
Solution: The parametric equations of the parabola y = 2 x 2 can be taken as
x = t, y = 2t 2 .
At the point (0, 0), x = 0 and so t = 0. Again at the point (1, 2), x = 1and so t = 1.
Now ∫C F • dr = ∫C (3 xyi − y 2 j) • (dx i + dy j)
1 dx dy
= ∫C (3 xy dx − y 2 dy) = ∫t =0 3 xy − y2 dt
dt dt
1
= ∫0 (3 . t . 2 t 2 . 1 − 4 t 4 . 4t) dt
= ∫C [(2 x + y) i + (3 y − x) j] • (dx i + dy j)
= ∫C [(2 x + y) dx + (3 y − x) dy].
+ (6 x − 12 − x) 2 dx]
2 3
= [x ] 2
0
+∫
2
(14 x − 28) dx
3
3 ( x − 2)2
= 4 + 14∫ ( x − 2) dx = 4 + 14 = 4 + 7 = 11.
2 2
2
Example 6: Evaluate ∫ F • dr where F = ( x 2 + y 2 ) i − 2 xyj , curve C is the rectangle in
C
= ∫C [( x 2 + y 2 ) dx − 2 xy dy].
a b 0
x3 y2 x3
= − 2a + + b 2 x + 0 = − 2ab 2 .
3 0 2 0 3 a
Example 7: Find the total work done in moving a particle in a force field given by
F = 3 xyi − 5zj + 10 xk
along the curve x = t + 1, y = 2t 2 , z = t 3 from t = 1 to t = 2.
2
Solution: Let C denote the arc of the given curve from t = 1to t = 2. Then the total
work done
=∫C F • dr = ∫C (3 x yi − 5z j + 10 x k ) • (dx i + dy j + dz k )
=∫ (3 xy dx − 5z dy + 10 x dz )
C
2 dx dy dz
= ∫1 3 x y − 5z + 10 x dt
dt dt dt
2
= ∫1 [3 (t 2 + 1) (2t)2 (2t) − (5t 3 )(4t) + 10 (t 2 + 1)(3t 2 )] dt
2
= ∫1 (12t 5 + 12t 3 − 20 t 4 + 30 t 4 + 30 t 2 ) dt
2
= ∫1 (12t 5 + 10 t 4 + 12t 3 + 30 t 2 ) dt = 303.
= ∫C ( yz dx + z x dy + x y dz ) = ∫C d ( x yz )
t = π /2 π /2
= [ x yz ] t =0 = [(a cos t) . (b sin t) . (ct)] 0
Comprehensive Exercise 1
1. Find ∫ t • dr where t is the unit tangent vector and C is the unit circle,
C
2. (i) Integrate the function F = x 2 i − xyj from the point (0, 0) to (1, 1) along
parabola y 2 = x.
V-112
r = ti + t 2 j + t 3 k , t varying from −1 to + 1.
(iii) Evaluate ∫C F • dr, where F = (2 x + y) i + (3 y − x) j + yzx k and C is
ABC whose vertices are A (0, 0), B (2, 0) and C (2, 1).
(Kumaun 2008)
2 2
(ii) If F = (3 x + 6 y) i − 14 yz j + 20 xz k , then evaluate ∫ F • dr from
A nswers 1
1 16
1. 2π 2. (i) (ii) 3. − 1
12 √5
10 1
4. (i) 264 (ii) 5. c (a2 + b 2 ) 6. 2 π + π = 3π
7 2
7. 768 8. 16
7 38 7
9. (i) (ii) (iii) 1 (iv) − 10. 0
10 45 3
11. 8π 12. (i) −14 / 3 (ii) 5
3 Surface Integrals
(Avadh 2014)
Any integral which is to be evaluated over a surface is called a surface integral.
Now take the limit of this sum as n → ∞ in such a way that the largest of the areas
δS k approaches zero. This limit if it exists, is called the surface integral of f ( x, y, z )
over S and is denoted by ∫ ∫ f ( x, y, z ) dS.
S
It can be shown that if the surface S is piecewise smooth and the function f ( x, y, z )
is continuous over S, then the above limit exists i. e., is independent of the choice of
sub-divisions and points Pk .
V-114
Suppose the outward drawn normal to the surface S at P makes angles α, β, γ with
the positive directions of x, y and z axes respectively. If l, m, n are the direction
cosines of the outward drawn normal, then
l = cos α, m = cos β, n = cos γ .
Also n = cos α i + cos β j + cos γ k = l i + m j + n k .
Let F( x, y, z ) = F1 i + F2 j + F3 k . Then
F • n = F1 cos α + F2 cos β + F3 cos γ = F1 l + F2 m + F3 n.
Therefore, we can write
∫ ∫S F • n dS = ∫ ∫S ( F1 cos α + F2 cos β + F3 cos γ ) dS
= ∫ ∫S ( F1 dy dz + F2 dz dx + F3 dx dy),
if we define ∫ ∫S F1 cos α dS = ∫ ∫S F1 dy dz ,
Suppose the surface S is such that any line perpendicular to the xy-plane meets S in
no more than one point. Then the equation of the surface S can be written in the
form z = h ( x, y).
Let R be the orthogonal projection of S on the x y-plane. If γ is the acute angle
which the undirected normal n at P( x, y, z ) to the surface S makes with
z-axis, then it can be shown that cos γ dS = dx dy,
where dS is the small element of area of surface S at the point P.
dx dy dx dy
Therefore dS = = , where k is the unit vector along z-axis.
cos γ |n • k |
dx dy
Hence ∫ ∫S F • n dS = ∫ ∫R F •n .
|n • k|
Thus the surface integral on S can be evaluated with the help of a double integral
integrated over R.
4 Volume Integrals
(Avadh 2014)
Suppose V is a volume bounded by a
surface S. Suppose f ( x, y, z ) is a single
valued function of position defined over V.
Subdivide the volume V into n elements of
volumes δV1 , δV2 , … , δVn .In each part δVk
we choose an arbitrary point Pk whose
co-ordinates are ( x k , y k , z k ). We define
f ( Pk ) = f ( x k , y k , z k ).
Form the sum
n
∑ f ( Pk ) δVk .
k =1
V-117
Now take the limit of this sum as n → ∞ in such a way that the largest of the
volumes δVk approaches zero. This limit, if it exists, is called the volume integral of
f ( x, y, z ) over V and is denoted by ∫ ∫ ∫ f ( x, y, z ) dV .
V
It can be shown that if the surface is piecewise smooth and the function f ( x, y, z )
is continuous over V, then the above limit exists i. e., is independent of the choice of
sub-divisions and points Pk .
If we subdivide the volume V into small cuboids by drawing lines parallel to the
three co-ordinates axes, then dV = dx dy dz and the above volume integral
becomes ∫ ∫ ∫ f ( x, y, z) dx dy dz.
V
Solution: We have F = (2 x 2 − 3z ) i − 2 x y j − 4 x k .
∂ ∂ ∂ 2
∴ ∇ • F = i + j +k • [(2 x − 3z ) i − 2 x y j − 4 x k ]
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂ ∂ ∂
= (2 x 2 − 3z ) + (− 2 x y ) + (− 4 x ) = 4 x − 2 x = 2 x.
∂x ∂y ∂z
∴ ∫ ∫ ∫V ∇ • F dV = ∫ ∫ ∫V 2 x dx dy dz [∵ dV = dx dy dz ]
2 2−x 4 −2 x −2 y
= 2∫ ∫ y =0 ∫z =0 x dx dy dz.
x =0
[Note that we have taken a thin column parallel to z-axis as the elementary volume.
It cuts the boundary at z = 0 and z = 4 − 2 x − 2 y. Also the projection of the plane
2 x + 2 y + z = 4 on the xy-plane is bounded by the axes y = 0, x = 0 and the line
x + y = [Link] the limits for y are from 0 to 2 − x and those for x are from 0 to 2]
2 2− x 4 −2 x −2 y
∴ ∫ ∫ ∫V ∇ • F dV = 2∫
x =0 ∫ y =0 x [z ] z =0
dx dy
2 2− x
= 2∫ ∫ y= 0 x (4 − 2 x − 2 y ) dx dy
x =0
2 2− x
= 2∫
x =0 [4 x y − 2 x 2
y − x y2 ] y =0
dx
2
= 2∫ [4 x (2 − x ) − 2 x 2 (2 − x ) − x (2 − x )2 ] dx
0
2
= 2∫ [ x 3 − 4 x 2 + 4 x ] dx, on simplifying
0
2
1 4 4 − 32 + 8 = 8 ⋅
= 2 x4 − x3 + 2 x2 = 2
4 3 0 3 3
V-118
=
2 (2 − x )2 j − 2 (2 − x )3 k dx
∫0 3
=
2 ( x − 2)2 j + 2 ( x − 2)3 k dx
∫0 3
2 2
( x − 2)3 2 ( x − 2)4 8 8 8
= j+ k = j − k = ( j − k ).
3 0 3 4 0 3 3 3
Comprehensive Exercise 2
A nswers 2
1. (i) 24 (ii) 128
27
2. 81 3._ 4._132
4
384
5. 108 6. 24 i + 96 j + k
5
5. If t is the unit tangent vector and C is the unit circle in x y-plane, with centre
at the origin, then ∫C t • dr = …… .
7. If F = (3 x 2 + 6 y) i − 14 y z j + 20 x z 2
k and C is a straight line joining
(0, 0, 0) to (1, 1, 1,
) then ∫ F • d r = …… .
C
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
1. If C is a simple closed curve, then ∫ F • d r is called the circulation of F
C
about C .
2. If F = ax i + by j + cz k , a, b, c are constants, then
2
∫ ∫ S F • n dS = 3 π (a + b + c), where S is the surface of a unit sphere.
A nswers
Multiple Choice Questions
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c)
Fill in the Blank(s)
1. line integral 2. surface integral
3. tangent 4. flux
5. 2π 6. 2π 7. 13 / 3
True or False
1. T 2. F
¨
V-121
6
G reen's, G auss's and
S toke's T heorems
In the adjoining figure, the equations of the curves AEB and BFA are y = f ( x) and
y = g ( x) respectively. Similarly the
equations of the curves FAE and EBF are
x = p ( y) and x = q ( y) respectively.
We have
∂M
∫ ∫R dx dy
∂y
b g ( x) ∂M
= ∫ x = a ∫ y = f ( x) dy dx
∂y
y = g ( x)
b
= ∫x=a M ( x, y ) dx
y = f ( x)
b
= ∫ x = a [M [ x, g ( x )] − M [ x, f ( x)]] dx
b a
=− ∫a M [ x, f ( x)] dx − ∫b M [ x, g ( x)] dx
∂M
−∫ ∫ dx dy = ∫C M ( x, y ) dx. ... (1)
R ∂y
∂N d q ( y) ∂N
Similarly, ∫ ∫R dx dy = ∫ y =c ∫ x = p ( y) dx dy
∂x ∂x
x = q ( y)
d
= ∫y=c N ( x, y) dy
x = p ( y)
d
= ∫ y=c [N [ q ( y ), y ] − N [ p ( y ), y]] dy
d c
= ∫ c N [ q ( y ), y ] dy + ∫ d N [ p ( y ), y ] dy
∂N ∂M
From (1) and (2), we get on adding ∫ ∫R − dx dy = ∫C ( M dx + N dy) .
∂x ∂y
The proof of the theorem can now be extended to a region R which can be
subdivided into finitely many special
regions of the above type by drawing
lines (TS in the adjoining figure). In this
case we apply the theorem to each
subregion (R1 and R2 in the figure) and
then add the results. The sum of the left
hand members will be equal to the
integral over R. The sum of the right
hand members will be equal to the
integral over C plus the line integrals over
the curves introduced for subdividing R.
Each of the latter integrals comes twice,
taken once in each direction (as ST and TS in the figure). Therefore these two
integrals cancel each other and thus the sum of the right hand members will be
equal to the line integral over C.
Note: Extension of Green’s theorem in plane to multiply
connected regions.
Green’s theorem in the plane is also
valid for a multiply-connected
region R such as shown in the
adjoining figure. Here the boundary
C of R consists of two parts; the
exterior boundary C1 is traversed in
the anticlockwise sense so that R is
on the left, while the interior
boundary C2 is traversed in the
clockwise sense so that R is on the
left.
In order to establish the theorem, we construct a line such as AD (called a cross cut)
connecting the exterior and interior boundaries. The region bounded by
ADEFGDAPQLHA is simply-connected and so Green’s theorem is valid for it.
Therefore
∂N ∂M
∫C M dx + N dy = ∫ ∫ − dx dy.
R ∂x ∂y
ADEFGDAPQLHA
The integral on the left hand side leaving out the integrand is equal to
∫AD + ∫ C2 + ∫ DA + ∫ C1 = ∫ C2 +∫ , since ∫ =−∫
C1 AD DA
= ∫C ( M dx + N dy ).
x
1 x 1 2
= ∫ x = 0 ∫ y = x2 ( x − 2 y) dy dx = ∫x =0 xy − y dx
y = x2
1 1
= ∫0 [ x 2 − x 2 − x 3 + x 4 ] dx = ∫0 ( x 4 − x 3 ) dx
1
x5 x4 1 1 1
= − = − =− ⋅
5 4 0 5 4 20
Now let us evaluate the line integral along C. Along y = x 2 , dy = 2 x dx. Therefore
along y = x 2 , the line integral equals
1 1 19
∫0 [{( x )( x 2 ) + x 4 } dx + x 2 (2 x) dx ] = ∫0 (3 x 3 + x 4 ) dx = ⋅
20
Along y = x, dy = dx. Therefore along y = x, the line integral equals
0 0
∫1 [{( x) ( x) + x 2 } dx + x 2 dx ] = ∫1 3 x 4 dx = − 1.
19 1
Therefore the required line integral = −1= − ⋅ Hence the theorem is
20 20
verified.
C is the rectangle with vertices (0, 0), (π, 0), (π, 1), (0, 1).
(Meerut 2002, 05B, 06, 13B; Rohilkhand 14)
Solution: By Green’s theorem in plane, we have
∂N ∂M
∫ ∫R ∂x − ∂y dx dy = ∫ C ( M dx + N dy ).
Here M = x 2 − cosh y, N = y + sin x.
∂N ∂M
∴ = cos x, = − sinh y.
∂x ∂y
Hence the given line integral is equal to
∫ ∫R (cos x + sinh y ) dx dy
π 1
= ∫ x =0 ∫ y =0 (cos x + sinh y ) dy dx
π 1
= y cos x + cosh y dx
∫ x =0 y =0
π
π
= ∫ x =0 [cos x + cosh 1 − 1] dx = sin x + x cosh 1 − x = (cosh 1 − 1).
0
Example 3: Show that the area bounded by a simple closed curve C is given by
1
( x dy − y dx). Hence find the area of the ellipse x = a cos θ, y = b sin θ.
2 ∫C
V-126
Comprehensive Exercise 1
∫C ( x 2 − xy 3 ) dx + ( y 2 − 2 xy) dy,
where C is the square with vertices (0, 0), (2, 0), (2, 2), (0, 2).
(Meerut 2001)
8. Apply Green’s theorem in the plane to evaluate
∫C [(2 x 2 − y 2 ) dx + ( x 2 + y 2 ) dy], where C is the boundary of the
surface enclosed by the x-axis and the semi-circle y = (1 − x 2 )1 /2 .
9. If C is the simple closed curve in the xy-plane not enclosing the origin,
−i y+ jx
show that ∫ F • dr = 0, where F = .
C x2 + y2
A nswers 1
π 2
3. − − 4. 2 (e −π
− 1) 5. 0 6. 2ab 2
4 π
= ∫∫ F1 dy dz + F2 dz dx + F3 dx dy).
The significance of divergence theorem lies in the fact that a surface integral
may be expressed as a volume integral and vice versa.
Proof of the divergence theorem:
We shall first prove the theorem for a special
region V which is bounded by a piecewise
smooth closed surface S and has the property
that any straight line parallel to any one of the
coordinate axes and intersecting V has only
one segment (or a single point) in common
with V. If R is the orthogonal projection of S
on the xy-plane, then V can be represented in
the form f ( x, y) ≤ z ≤ g ( x, y) where ( x, y)
varies in R.
Obviously z = g ( x, y) represents the upper portion S1 of S, z = f ( x, y) represents
the lower portion S2 of S and there may be a remaining vertical portion S3 of S.
We have
∂F3 ∂F3
∫ ∫ ∫V dV = ∫ ∫ ∫V dx dy dz
∂z ∂z
g ( x, y) ∂F3
= ∫ ∫ R ∫ z = f ( x, y) dz dx dy
∂z
g ( x, y)
= ∫ ∫ R [F3 ( x, y, z)] z = f ( x, y) dx dy
= ∫ ∫ [ F3 [ x, y, g ( x, y)] − F3 [ x, y, f ( x, y)]] dx dy
R
= ∫ ∫R F3 [ x, y, g ( x, y)] dx dy
− ∫ ∫R F3 [ x, y, f ( x, y)] dx dy ...(1)
Now for the vertical portion S3 of S, the normal n 3 to S3 makes a right angle γ with
k. Therefore ∫ ∫ S3 F3 k • n 3 dS3 = 0, since k • n 3 = 0.
For the upper portion S1 of S, the normal n1 to S1 makes an acute angle γ 1 with k.
Therefore k • n1 dS1 = cos γ 1 dS1 = dx dy.
Hence ∫ ∫ S1 F3 k • n1 dS1 = ∫ ∫R F3 [ x, y, g ( x, y)] dx dy.
V-129
For the lower portion S2 of S,the normal n 2 to S2 makes an obtuse angle γ 2 with k.
Therefore k • n 2 dS2 = cos γ 2 dS2 = − dx dy.
Hence ∫ ∫ S1 F3 k • n 2 dS2 = − ∫ ∫R F3 [ x y, f ( x, y)] dx dy.
=0 + ∫ ∫R F3 [ x, y, g ( x, y)] dx dy
− ∫ ∫R F3 [ x, y, f ( x, y)] dx dy
or ∫ ∫ ∫V ∇ • F dV = ∫ ∫S F • n dS.
The proof of the theorem can now be extended to a region V which can be
subdivided into finitely many special regions of the above type by drawing
auxiliary surfaces. In this case we apply the theorem to each sub-region and then
add the results. The sum of the volume integrals over parts of V will be equal to the
volume integral over V. The surface integrals over auxiliary surfaces cancel in pairs,
while the sum of the remaining surface integrals is equal to the surface integral over
the whole boundary S of V.
or C•∫∫∫ ∇φ dV = C • ∫ (φn) dS
V S
or C • ∫ ∫ ∫ ∇φ dV − ∫ ∫S φn dS = 0.
V
Since C is an arbitrary vector, therefore we must have
∫ ∫ ∫V ∇φ dV = ∫ ∫S φn dS.
or C • ∫ ∫ ∫ (∇ × B) dV − ∫ ∫S (n × B) dS = 0.
V
Since C is an arbitrary vector therefore we can take C as a non-zero vector which is
not perpendicular to the vector
∫ ∫ ∫V (∇ × B) dV − ∫ ∫S (n × B) dS.
Hence we must have
∫ ∫ ∫V (∇ × B) dV − ∫ ∫S (n × B) dS = 0
or ∫ ∫ ∫V (∇ × B) dV = ∫ ∫ (n × B) dS.
S
∂ ∂ ∂
= ∫ ∫ ∫V (a x) + (by) + (cz ) dV
∂x ∂y ∂z
= ∫ ∫ ∫V (a + b + c ) dV
4
= (a + b + c ) V = (a + b + c ) π,
3
4 4
since the volume V enclosed by a sphere of unit radius is equal to π(1)3 i. e., π.
3 3
Example 5(i): Show that ∫ ∫ n dS = 0 for any closed surface S.
S (Purvanchal 14)
(ii) Prove that ∫ ∫ r × n dS = 0 for any closed surface S.
S (Agra 2007)
(iii) Prove that ∫ ∫ n × (a × r) dS = 2Va, where a is a constant vector and V is the volume
S
= ∫ ∫ ∫V (∇ • C) dV , by divergence theorem
= 0, since div C = 0.
V-133
= ∫ ∫ ∫V [r • curl C − C • curl r] dV = 0,
since curl C = 0 and curl r = 0.
Thus C•∫∫ r × n dS = 0, where C is an arbitrary vector.
S
Putting B = a × r, we get
∫ ∫S n × (a × r) dS = ∫ ∫ ∫V ∇ × (a × r) dV
= ∫ ∫ ∫V curl (a × r) dV
= ∫ ∫ ∫V 2a dV , since curl (a × r) = 2a
= 2a ∫ ∫ ∫ dV = 2Va .
V
Example 6: Using the divergence theorem, show that the volume V of a region T bounded by
a surface S is
V = ∫∫ x dy dz = ∫ ∫ y dz dx = ∫ ∫ z dx dy
S S S
1
= ∫ ∫ ( x dy dz + y dz dx + z dx dy).
3 S (Meerut 2010)
Solution: By divergence theorem, we have
∂
∫ ∫ S x dy dz = ∫ ∫ ∫V ∂x ( x) dV = ∫ ∫ ∫V dV = V
∂
∫ ∫S y dz dx = ∫ ∫ ∫V ( y) dV = ∫ ∫ ∫V dV = V
∂y
∂
∫ ∫S z dx dy = ∫ ∫ ∫V (z ) dV = ∫ ∫ ∫V dV = V .
∂z
Adding these results, we get
3V = ∫ ∫ ( x dy dz + y dz dx + z dx dy )
S
1
or V = ∫ ∫ ( x dy dz + y dz dx + z dx dy).
3 S
V-134
c 2
a b ab 2
=2 ∫z =0 + + abz dz
2 2
c
a2 b ab 2 z 2
=2 z + z + ab
2 2 2 0
= [a2 bc + ab 2 c + abc 2 ] = abc (a + b + c ).
Surface Integral: We shall now calculate ∫ ∫ F • n dS over the six faces of the
S
rectangular parallelopiped.
Over the face DEFG, n = i, x = a.
Therefore, ∫ ∫ DEFG F • n dS
c b
= ∫z =0 ∫ y =0 [(a2 − y z ) i
+ ( y 2 − za) j + (z 2 − ay) k ] • i dy dz
c b
= ∫z =0 ∫ y =0 (a2 − yz ) dy dz
b
c 2 y2
= ∫z =0 a y − z dz
2
y =0
V-135
c
c 2 zb 2 2 z2 2 c 2 b2
= ∫z =0 a b − dz = a bz − b = a2 bc − ⋅
2 4 0 4
Over the face ABCO, n = − i, x = 0. Therefore
∫ ∫ABCO F • n dS = ∫∫ [(0 − yz ) i + ... + ... ] • (− i) dy dz
b
c b c y2
= ∫z =0 ∫ y =0 y z dy dz = ∫z =0 z dz
2 y =0
c b2 b2 c 2
= ∫z =0 z dz = ⋅
2 4
Over the face ABEF, n = j , y = b. Therefore
c a
∫ ∫ ABEF F • n dS = ∫z =0 ∫ x =0 [( x 2 − bz ) i + (b 2 − zx) j
+ ( z 2 − bx ) k ] • j dx dz
c a a2 c 2
= ∫z =0 ∫ x =0 (b 2 − zx) dx dz = b 2 ca − ⋅
4
Over the face OGDC, n = − j, y = 0. Therefore
c a c 2 a2
∫ ∫ OGDC F • n dS = ∫z=0 ∫ x =0 zx dx dz = ⋅
4
Over the face BCDE, n = k , z = c . Therefore
b a a2 b 2
∫ ∫ BCDE F • n dS = ∫ y =0 ∫ x =0 (c 2 − xy ) dx dy = c 2 ab − ⋅
4
Over the face AFGO, n = − k , z = 0. Therefore
b a a2 b 2
∫ ∫ AFGO F • n dS = ∫ y =0 ∫ x =0 x y dx dy = ⋅
4
Adding the six surface integrals, we get
c 2 b2 c 2 b2 2 a2 c 2 a2 c 2
∫ ∫S F • n dS = a2 bc − + + b ca − +
4 4 4 4
a2 b 2 a2 b 2
+ c 2 ab − +
4 4
= abc (a + b + c ).
Hence the theorem is verified.
∂ ∂ ∂ 2
Here div F = ( x) + (− y) + (z − 1) = 1 − 1 + 2z = 2 z.
∂x ∂y ∂z
1 2 √(4 − y 2 )
∴ ∫ ∫ ∫V div F dV = ∫ z = 0 ∫ y =−2 ∫ x = −√(4 − y 2 ) 2z dx dy dz
1 2 √(4 − y 2 )
= ∫ z = 0 ∫ y = −2 [2zx] dy dz
x = −√(4 − y 2 )
1 2
= ∫z = 0 ∫ y = −2 4z √ (4 − y 2 ) dy dz
1
2 z2
= ∫ y = −2 4 √ (4 − y 2 ) dy
2 z =0
2 2
= 2∫ √ (4 − y 2 ) dy = 4∫ √ (4 − y 2 ) dy
y = −2 0
y y 2
=4 √ (4 − y 2 ) + 2 sin −1
2 2 0
π
= 4 [2 sin −1 1] = 4 (2) = 4π.
2
Comprehensive Exercise 2
(ii) Evaluate ∫ ∫ x 2 dy dz + y 2 dz dx + 2z ( xy − x − y) dx dy
S
(ii) ∫ ∫S (a2 x 2 + b 2 y 2 + c 2 z 2 ) −1 /2 dS
over the ellipsoid ax 2 + by 2 + cz 2 = 1.
z 2 = 3 ( x 2 + y 2 ) bounded by z = 0 and z = 3.
14. Show that ∫ ∫S ( x 2 i + y 2 j + z 2 k ) • n dS vanishes where S denotes the
x2 y2 z2
surface of the ellipsoid + + = 1.
a2 b2 c2
(Meerut 2005, 07; Kumaun 11, 13)
15. If n is the unit outward drawn normal to any closed surface S, show that
∫ ∫ ∫V div n dV = S.
A nswers 2
3 1 3 a3
2. (i) (ii) 3. (i) (ii) a2 + a
2 2 2 3
2πa5 π
5. 3a 3 6. (i) (ii)
5 12
9. 180 10. 0
4 4π
11. − 4π 12.(i) π abc. (ii)
3 √ (abc )
13. 9π
5 Stoke’s Theorem
Let S be a piecewise smooth open surface bounded by a piecewise smooth simple closed curve C.
Let F ( x, y, z ) be a continuous vector function which has continuous first partial derivatives
in a region of space which contains S in its interior. Then
∫C F • dr = ∫ ∫S (∇ × F) • n dS = ∫ ∫S (curl F) • dS
V-139
where C is traversed in the positive direction. The direction of C is called positive if an observer,
walking on the boundary of S in this direction, with his head pointing in the direction of
outward drawn normal n to S, has the surface on the left.
(Meerut 2009; Bundelkhand 10)
∂F3 ∂F ∂F ∂F
= ∫ ∫S − 2 cos α + 1 − 3 cos β
∂y ∂z ∂z ∂x
∂F ∂F
+ 2 − 1 cos γ dS.
∂x ∂y
V-140
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂F1 ∂F
We have ∇ × ( F1 i) = = j − 1 k.
∂x ∂y ∂z ∂z ∂y
F1 0 0
∂F ∂F ∂F ∂F
∴ [∇ × ( F1 i)] • n = 1 j • n − 1 k • n = 1 cos β − 1 cos γ .
∂ z ∂ y ∂ z ∂y
∂F1 ∂F
∴ ∫ ∫S [∇ × ( F1 i)] • n dS = ∫∫ S cos β − 1 cos γ dS.
∂z ∂y
We shall prove that
∂F1 ∂F
∫ ∫S cos β − 1 cos γ dS = ∫C F1 dx.
∂z ∂y
Let R be the orthogonal projection of S on the xy-plane and let Γ be its boundary
which is oriented as shown in the figure. Using the representation z = f ( x, y ) of S,
we may write the line integral over C as a line integral over Γ. Thus
∫C F1 ( x, y, z ) dx = ∫ Γ F1 [ x, y, f ( x, y )] dx
= ∫ Γ {F1 [ x, y, f ( x, y )] dx + 0 dy}
∂F1
= −∫∫ dx dy,
R
∂y
by Green’s theorem in plane for the region R.
∂F1 [ x, y, f ( x, y )] ∂F1 ( x, y, z ) ∂F1 ( x, y, z ) ∂f
But = + ⋅
∂y ∂y ∂z ∂y
[∵ z = f ( x, y)]
∂F1 ∂F ∂f
∴ ∫C F1 ( x, y, z ) dx = − ∫ ∫R + 1 dx dy ...(1)
∂y ∂z ∂y
Now the equation z = f ( x, y ) of the surface S can be written as
φ ( x, y, z ) ≡ z − f ( x, y ) = 0.
V-141
∂f ∂f
We have grad φ = − i− j + k.
∂x ∂y
Let | grad φ | = a.
grad φ
Since grad φ is normal to S, therefore, we get n = ± ⋅
a
But the components of both n and grad φ in positive direction of z-axis are positive.
Therefore
grad φ
n=+
a
1 ∂f 1 ∂f 1
or cos α i + cos β j + cos γ k = − i− j + k.
a ∂x a ∂y a
1 ∂f 1 ∂f 1
∴ cos α = − , cos β = − , cos γ = ⋅
a ∂x a ∂y a
dx dy
Now dS = = a dx dy.
cos γ
∂F1 ∂F
∴ ∫ ∫S cos β − 1 cos γ dS
∂z ∂y
∂F1 1 ∂f ∂F1 1
= ∫ ∫R − − a dx dy
∂z a ∂y ∂y a
∂F1 ∂F ∂f
=− ∫ ∫R + 1 dx dy. ...(2)
∂y ∂z ∂y
From (1) and (2), we get
∂F1 ∂F
∫C F1 dx = ∫ ∫S cos β − 1 cos γ dS
∂z ∂y
= ∫ ∫S [∇ × ( F1 i)] • n dS ...(3)
∫C F3 dz = ∫ ∫S [∇ × ( F3 k )] • n dS ...(5)
or ∫C F • dr = ∫ ∫S (∇ × F) • n dS.
If the surface S does not satisfy the restrictions imposed above, even then Stoke’s
theorem will be true provided S can be subdivided into surfaces S1 , S2 , ... , S k
with boundaries C1 , C2 , ... , Ck which do satisfy the restrictions. Stoke’s theorem
V-142
holds for each such surface. The sum of surface integrals over S1 , S2 , ... , S k will
give us surface integral over S while the sum of the integrals over C1 , C2 , ... , Ck
will give us line integral over C.
Note: Green’s theorem in plane is a special case of Stoke’s theorem. If R is a
region in the xy-plane bounded by a closed curve C, then in vector form Green’s
theorem in plane can be written as
∫ ∫R (∇ × F) • k dR = ∫C F • dr.
This is nothing but a special case of Stoke’s theorem because here k = n = outward
drawn unit normal to the surface of region R.
Negative sign has been taken in the second integral because the positive directions
about the boundaries of the two surfaces are opposite.
∴ ∫ ∫ ∫V ∇ • (curl F) dV = 0.
Now this equation is true for all volume elements V. Therefore we have
∇ • (curl F) = 0 or div curl F = 0.
Example 11: Verify Stoke’s theorem for F = y i + z j + x k where S is the upper half
surface of the sphere x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 1 and C is its boundary.
(Agra 2000, 06; Kanpur 09; Kumaun 07, 10, 13)
Solution: The boundary C of S is a circle in the xy-plane of radius unity and centre
origin. The equations of the curve C are x 2 + y 2 = 1, z = 0. Suppose
x = cos t, y = sin t, z = 0, 0 ≤ t < 2 π are parametric equation of C. Then
V-143
∫C F • dr = ∫C ( y i + z j + x k ) • (dx i + dy j + dz k )
= ∫C ( y dx + z dy + x dz )
= − π. ...(1)
Now let us evaluate ∫ ∫ curl F • n dS. We have
S
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
curl F = ∇ × F = = – i – j – k.
∂x ∂y ∂z
y z x
If S1 is the plane region bounded by the circle C, then by an application of
divergence theorem, we have
∫ ∫S curl F • n dS = ∫ ∫ S1 curl F • k dS
2π
=−∫ (2 cos t − sin t) sin t dt
0
2π 1
=−∫ [sin 2t −
(1 − cos 2t)] dt
0 2
2π
cos 2t 1 1 sin 2t
= − − − t+
2 2 2 2 0
1 1 1 1
= − [(− + ) − (π − 0) + (0 − 0)] = π. ...(1)
2 2 2 4
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
And (∇ × F) =
∂x ∂y ∂z
2
2 x − y − yz − y2 z
= (− 2 yz + 2 yz ) i − (0 − 0) j + (0 + 1) k = k .
Let S1 be the plane region bounded by the circle C. If S′ is the surface consisting of
the surfaces S and S1 , then S′ is a closed surface.
∴ by an application of Gauss divergence theorem, we have
∫ ∫ S′ curl F • n dS = 0 [See example 4(i) after article 4 ]
or ∫ ∫S curl F • n dS + ∫ ∫ S1 curl F • n dS = 0
[∵ S ′ consists of S and S1 ]
or ∫ ∫S curl F • n dS − ∫ ∫ S1 curl F • k dS = 0 [∵ on S1 , n = − k ]
∴ ∫ ∫S curl F • n dS = ∫ ∫ S1 curl F • k dS
= ∫ ∫ S1 k • k dS = ∫ ∫ S1 dS = S1 = π . ...(2)
b a
=−4 ∫ y = 0 ∫ x = −a y dx dy
b a
= − 4∫ [ xy] x = − a dy
y= 0
b
= − 4∫ 2ay dy
y=0
b
= − 4 [ay 2 ] 0 = − 4ab 2 .
2 2
Also o∫ F • dr = ∫ C [( x + y ) i − 2 xy j ] • (dx i + dy j)
C
= o∫ [( x 2 + y 2 ) dx − 2 xy dy ]
C
=∫ [( x 2 + y 2 ) dx − 2 xy dy ] + ∫ +∫ +∫ .
DA AB BE ED
F = y 2 i + x 2 j − (x + z) k
and C is the boundary of the triangle with vertices at (0, 0, 0), (1, 0, 0), (1, 1, 0).
(Avadh 2013)
Solution: We have
Y
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂ B (1, 1)
Curl F =
∂x ∂y ∂z
y2 x2 (x + z)
= 0 i + j + 2 ( x − y ) k.
Also we note that z co-ordinate of each vertex O
A (1, 0) X
of the triangle is zero. Therefore the triangle lies
in the xy-plane. So n = k .
∴ Curl F • n = [ j + 2 ( x − y)k ] • k = 2 ( x − y).
V-146
Comprehensive Exercise 3
∫ ∫S (g • ∇) f • dS = ∫C (f × g) • dr + ∫ ∫ (f • ∇)g • dS.
S
∫C ( y dx + z dy + x dz ) = − 2 √ 2 πa2
where C is the curve given by x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − 2ax − 2ay = 0, x + y = 2a
and begins at the point (2 a, 0, 0) and goes at first below the z-plane.
(Meerut 2005, 06B)
11. Use Stoke’s theorem to evaluate ∫ ∫ (∇ × F) • n dS,
S
A nswers 3
5. (i) 12π (ii) − 4π 7. (i) − 4 (ii) 2
11. 0
∫C F • dr = ∫ ( f dx + g dy + h dz ) ... (1)
is called the line integral of F along C. In general the value of this line integral
depends not only on the end points P and Q of the path C but also on C.
In other words, if we integrate from P to Q along different paths, we shall, in
general, get different values of the integral. The line integral (1) is said to be
independent of path in R, if for every pair of end points P and Q in R the value of the
integral is the same for all paths C in R starting from P and ending at Q.
In this case the value of this line integral will depend on the choice of P and Q and
not on the choice of the path joining P to Q.
Theorem 1: Let f (x, y, z), g (x, y, z) and h (x, y, z) be continuous in a region R of space.
Then the line integral
∫ ( f dx + g dy + h dz )
is independent of path in R if and only if the differential form under the integral sign is exact in
R.
Or
Let F ( x, y, z ) be continuous in region R of space. Then the line integral ∫C F • dr
= φ (Q) − φ ( P).
Thus the line integral depends only on points P and Q and not on the path joining
them. This is true, of course, only if φ ( x, y, z ) is single valued at all points P and Q.
Conversely, suppose the line integral ∫C F • dr is independent of the path C
dr
=∇φ• .
ds
dr dr
∴ F• =∇φ•
ds ds
dr
or (∇ φ – F) • = 0.
ds
Now this result is true irrespective of the path joining P to Q i. e. this result is true
dr
irrespective of the direction of which is tangent vector to C. Therefore we must
ds
have ∇φ – F = 0 i.e., ∇ φ = F.
This completes the proof of the theorem.
= ∫ PBQ F • dr + ∫ F • dr
QAP
= ∫ PBQ F • dr − ∫ F • dr
PAQ
= 0,
since the integral from P to Q along a path through B is equal to the integral from P
to Q along a path through A.
Conversely, suppose that the integral under consideration is zero on every simple
closed path in R. Let P and Q be any two points in R which join P to Q and do not
cross. Then
V-151
= ∫ PBQ F • dr − ∫ F • dr.
PAQ
∴ ∫ PBQ F • dr − ∫ PAQ F • dr = 0
∫C F • dr = ∫ ∫S (curl F ) • n dS = 0.
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
Curl F =
∂x ∂y ∂z
y
x
− 2 2 2
0
x + y x + y2
∂ x ∂ y
= 0i + 0 j +
x 2 + y 2 + ∂y x 2 + y 2 k
∂x
2 2 2
x + y − 2 x x 2 + y 2 − 2 y 2
= + k
( x 2 + y 2 )2 ( x 2 + y 2 )2
=0k
= 0.
Suppose R is simply connected. For example let R be the region enclosed by a
simple closed curve C not enclosing the origin. Then
y x
∫C F • dr = ∫C − x 2 + y 2 dx + x 2 + y 2 dy
∂ x ∂ y
−
= ∫ ∫ R x 2 + y 2 − ∂y x 2 + y 2 dx dy,
∂x
by Green’s theorem in plane
= 0.
Suppose R is not simply connected. Let R be the region of the xy-plane contained
1 3
between concentric circles of radii and and having centre at origin. Obviously
2 2
R is not simply connected. We have z = 0, everywhere in R. Let C be a closed curve
in R. The parametric equations of C can be taken as x = cos t, y = sin t, z = 0,
0 ≤ t < 2π.
y y
We have ∫C F • dr = ∫C − dx + dy
x2 + y2 x2 + y2
2π sin t dx cos t dy
= ∫t=0 − 2 2 dt
+ 2 2 dt
cos t + sin t cos t + sin t dt
2π
= ∫0 (sin2 t + cos 2 t) dt
= 2 π.
Thus we see that ∫C F • dr ≠ 0.
(ii) yz dx + xz dy + xy dz .
Solution:
y
(i) Here F=e i + e x j + e z k.
We have
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
Curl F =
∂x ∂y ∂z
e y
ex ez
= 0 i + 0 j + (e x − e y ) k .
Since curl F ≠ 0, therefore the given form is not exact.
(ii) Here F = yz i + xz j + xy k .
We have
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
Curl F =
∂x ∂y ∂z
yz xz xy
= ( x − x)i − ( y − y) j + (z − z )k
= 0.
Since curl F = 0, therefore the given form is exact.
Example 16: In each of following cases show that the given differential form is exact and
find a function φ such that the form equals dφ :
(i) cos x dx − 2 yz dy − y 2 dz .
(ii) (z 2 − 2 xy) dx − x 2 dy + 2 xz dz .
We have
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
Curl F =
∂x ∂y ∂z
cos x − 2 yz − y 2
= (− 2 y + 2 y) i + 0 j + 0 k = 0.
∴ the given form is exact.
Let F = ∇ φ,
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
or cos x i − 2 yz j − y 2 k = i+ j+ k.
∂x ∂y ∂z
Then
∂φ
= cos x whence φ = sin x + f1 ( y, z ) ... (1)
∂x
∂φ
= − 2 yz whence φ = − y 2 z + f 2 ( x, z ) ... (2)
∂y
∂φ
= − y 2 whence φ = − y 2 z + f 3 ( x, y). ... (3)
∂z
(1), (2), (3) each represents φ. These agree if we choose
f1 ( y, z ) = − y 2 z , f 2 ( x, z ) = sin x, f 3 ( x, y) = sin x.
∴ φ = sin x − y 2 z to which may be added any constant.
∴ φ = sin x − y 2 z + C.
(ii) Here F = (z 2 − 2 x y) i − x 2 j + 2 xz k . We have
i j k
∂ ∂ ∂
Curl F =
∂x ∂y ∂z
z2 − 2 xy − x 2 2 xz
= 0 i + 0 j + 0 k = 0.
∴ the given form is exact.
Let F =∇ φ
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
or (z 2 − 2 xy) i − x 2 j + 2 xz k = i+ j+ k.
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂φ
Then = z 2 − 2 xy whence φ = z 2 x − x 2 y + f1 ( y, z ) ... (1)
∂x
∂φ
= − x2 whence φ = − x 2 y + f 2 ( x, z ) ... (2)
∂y
∂φ
= 2 xz whence φ = xz 2 + f 3 ( x, y). ... (3)
∂z
V-155
Let v = v1 i + v2 j + v3 k .
x-component of velocity v at P = v1 ( x, y, z ).
∴ x-component of v at centre of face AFED
which is perpendicular to x-axis and is nearer
to origin
δx
= v1 x − , y, z
2
δx ∂v1
= v1 ( x, y, z ) − +…
2 ∂x
by Taylor’s theorem
δx ∂v1
= v1 ( x, y, z ) − approximately.
2 ∂x
Similarly x-component of v at centre of opposite face GHCB
δx ∂v1
= v1 + approximately.
2 ∂x
∴ volume of fluid entering the parallelopiped across AFED per unit time
δx ∂v1
= v1 − δy δz .
2 ∂x
Also volume of fluid going out the parallelopiped across GHCB per unit time
δx ∂v1
= v1 + δy δz .
2 ∂x
∴ loss in volume per unit time in the direction of x-axis
δx ∂v1 δx ∂v1
= v1 + δy δz − v1 − δy δz
2 ∂x 2 ∂x
∂v1
= δx δy δz .
∂x
Similarly, loss in volume per unit time in y direction
∂v
= 2 δx δy δz ,
∂y
and loss in volume per unit time in z direction
∂v
= 3 δx δy δz .
∂z
∴ total loss of the fluid per unit volume per unit time symbol ·
∂v1 ∂v ∂v
+ 2 + 3 δx δy δz
∂x ∂y ∂z
=
δx δy δz
∂v1 ∂v2 ∂v3
= + + = ∇ • v = div v.
∂x ∂y ∂z
V-157
Physical interpretation of curl: Let S be a circular disc of small radius r and centre
P bounded by the circle C. Let F ( x, y, z ) be a continuously differentiable vector
function in S. Then by Stoke’s theorem
F • dr
∴ (curl F ) • n = ∫ C .
S
Taking limit as r → 0, we get at P,
∫ C F • dr
(curl F ) • n = lim .
r→0 S
Now (curl F ) • n is normal component of curl F at P and ∫ F • dr is circulation of
C
Comprehensive Exercise 4
A nswers 4
1. (i) Exact (ii) Exact
2
x − y2 − z 2
2. (i) Exact; φ = +C
2
(ii) Exact; φ = x + yz + C
3. (i) φ = y 2 z 3 sin x − x 4 z + C
(ii) φ = x 2 y − xz 3 + C; 202
1
4. (ii) φ = ( x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) + C.
2
5. (i) φ = x sin y + x z − yz + C.
(ii) π +1
V-159
(a) 0 (b) 3
(c) 5 (d) None of these
2. If S denotes the surface of the cube bounded by the planes x = 0, x = a, y = 0,
y = a , z = 0, z = a then by the application of Gauss divergence theorem the
value of ∫ ∫ ( x i + y j + z k ) • n dS is
S
∫ ∫ ∫V div n dV = …… .
(Bundelkhand 2008)
3. The value of ∫C r • d r = …… .
(Agra 2008)
4. A necessary and sufficient condition that ∫ F • d r = 0 for every closed
C
curve C lying in a simply connected region R is that ∇ × F = ……
identically.
V-160
5. By Stoke’s theorem, ∫C F • d r = …… .
6. ∫ ∫S r • n dS = …… .
(Kumaun 2009)
True or False
Write ‘T’ for true and ‘F’ for false statement.
A nswers
Multiple Choice Questions
1. (a) 2. (c)
True or False
1. F 2. T 3. F